You are on page 1of 217

Service

Workshop Manual
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior
Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop ManualG.Repair
Volkswagen
Groups
nA AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le

Repair Group
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
68 - Internal Equipment
erm

ab
ility
ot p

69 - Passenger protection

wit
is n

h re
70 - Finishing/insulation
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

72 - Seat Structure

t to the co
74 - Seat lining and upholstery

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg BRA5R005520


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Contents

68 - Internal Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Internal rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Internal rearview mirror - removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Internal rearview mirror support plate - glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Internal rearview mirror with automatic anti-glare - general assembling overview . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 Internal rearview mirror with automatic anti-glare - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5 Mirror fastening support (with automatic anti-glare) - install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 Object compartment, covers and lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1 Center console - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2 Cup holder on seat cushion (Europe only)- assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 Parking brake lever handle - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.4 Tray at the passenger's side (instrument panel without glove compartment) - remove and
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.5 Glove compartment (Europe only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.6 Central frame on the instrument panel (instrument npanel AG. Vowithout
lkswagen A glove
G do
compartment) . . . . 12
age
2.7 Central frame on instrument panel (with glove o lkswcompartment - Europe eonly) s no
t gu . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
yV
2.8 Luggage retaining net . . . . . . . . . . .is.e.d b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ar.an.t . . . . . . . . . . 16
r e
2.9 Parasol - removal and installationauth.o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.o.r a. . . . . . . 18
s c
3 Roof`s Safety Handles . . . . . .s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

ce
e
nl

pt
3.1 Roof safety handle - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
du

an
itte

y li
4 Door sill's trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
erm

ab
ility
4.1 Door sill's trims (2 doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ot p

wit
, is n

4.2 Door sill trims (4 doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

h re
hole

spec
69 - Passenger protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 safety belts - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.1 Safety measures for belt pre-tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.2 Belt pre-tensioner - check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

rrectness of i
1.3 Pre-tensioner units - elimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
l purpos

2 Safety belts - checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30


2.1 Check points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

nf
ercia

2.2 Mooring points of the children's seat (ISOFIX) - checking after accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
orm
m

3 Front safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 atio


om

n in
c

3.1 Front seat belt „2-door“ (with pre-tensioner) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34


or

thi
e

3.2 Front seat belt „2-door“ (with pre-tensioner) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
t

sd
iva

3.3 Front seat belt „2-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36


r
rp

cu
o

m
f

3.4 Front seat belt „2-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
en
ng

t.
yi Co
3.5 Front seat belt „4-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Cop py
t. rig
3.6 Front seat belt „4-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.7 Belt height adjustment „2 and 4-door“ - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . by c
41
lksw
cted agen
Prote
3.8 Fastening point of the front belt - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
AG.

3.9 Front seat belt latch (Europe only) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.10 Fastening of the front belt - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4 Rear safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.1 Rear seat belt (with automatic inertia reel) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2 External rear seat belt (with automatic inertia reel) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.3 Rear seat belts (without automatic inertia reels) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.4 External rear seat belts (without automatic inertia reels) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.5 Lower fastening point of the rear belt - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.6 Lap belt with dual latch „2 and 4-door“ (rear seat without longitudinal adjustment) - remove
and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.7 Lap belt with dual latch „2 and 4-door“ (rear seat with longitudinal adjustment) - remove and
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Contents i
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.8 Single latch„2-door“ (split rear set with longitudinal adjustment - Europe only) - remove and
install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5 Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.1 Installation locations - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ks
5.2 Safety measures for working with Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . s. w. a.g.en. A. G. ..V.o.l . w. a. g.e.n.A.G.d.oe. s. . . . . . . 57
lk n
5.3 Airbag ignition devices after an accident - replacingd b.y V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ot. g.ua. . . 58
o
e ran
5.4 Ignition device for driver's airbag N95 (steering hwheel or
is with 3 spokes) - removal and tee
installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s. a.u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o59
t ra
c
s
5.5 Ignition device for driver's airbag N95 (steering wheel with 4 spokes) - removal and

ce
e
nl
installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

pt
du

an
itte
5.6 Connector of the airbag coil and return spring with sliding ring F138 - remove and install

y li
erm

ab
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

ility
ot p
5.7 Trigger 1 for front passenger's airbag N131 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

wit
, is n
5.8 Driver's/passenger's side airbag trigger N199 / N200 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

h re
hole

spec
5.9 Control unit for the airbag J234 - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
es, in part or in w

5.10 Passenger's side airbag crash sensor G180 and Driver's side airbag crash sensor G179 -

t to the co
remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.11 Components - adapting/verifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

rrectness of i
6 Deactivation of the airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6.1 Ignition device 1 for the front passenger airbag N131 - blocking or activation . . . . . . . . . . 73
l purpos

70 - Finishing/insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

nform
ercia

1 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
m

at
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
om

ion
c

1.2 Instrument panel - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

in t
or

his
e

1.3 Instrument panel (with glove compartment - exclusive Europe) - remove and install . . . . 77
at

do
riv

1.4 Cross support/Instruments panel - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80


p

cum
for

1.5 Instrument panel cover - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
1.6 Steering column covering - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
C py
ht. rig
1.7 Steering column covering with adjustment - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
2 Doors' linings (2 doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
cted AG.
agen
93
2.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.2 Driver's side front door lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.3 Front passenger's side door lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3 Doors' linings (4 doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.2 Front door lining - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.3 Front door lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.4 Rear door lining - general overview of assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.5 Rear door lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4 Lining of columns and sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.2 Column A lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.3 Column B lining (2 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.4 Column B linings (4 doors) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.5 Column B lining (4 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4.6 Column B lining (4 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.7 Column C lining (2 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
4.8 Pillar C lining (4 doors) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.9 Column C lining (4 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.10 Side lining (2 doors) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5 Linings of the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.2 Rear lid lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.3 Luggage compartment cover - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.4 Lower lining and cover of the rear panel - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

ii Contents
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.5 Luggage compartment side lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122


6 Bonnet noise insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.1 Bonnet noise insulation - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7 Roof linings (2 ports) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7.1 Pre-molded overhead lining - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7.2 Pre-molded roof lining (sunroof) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
8 Roof lining (4 ports) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
8.1 Pre-molded overhead lining - general overview of assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
8.2 Pre-molded overhead lining - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
9 Noise insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
9.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
9.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
9.3 Floor lining - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

72 - Seat Structure . . . . . . .lk.sw.a.ge.n.AG. .. . . . . .en. A.G.d.oe.s .n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


Volkswag
Vo ot g
1 Front seats . . s.ed. b.y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ua. r.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..... 146
ri tee
1.1 Left front seatut - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. r .a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ho ..... 146
a
1.2 Right frontss seat - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 150

ce
le

1.3 Front seat cover - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154


un

pt
an
d

1.4 Front seat cover (with parallel height regulation) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.5 Fire extinguisher support - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

ility
ot p

1.6 Front seat head rest - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

wit
is n

1.7 Front seat backing - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

h re
ole,

spec
1.8 Front seat backrest (Europe only) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
urposes, in part or in wh

1.9 Parallel height adjustment - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

t to the co
1.10 Cable for unlocking the backing - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
1.11 Cable for unlocking the backing - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

rrectne
1.12 Front seat head rest guide - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1.13 Object holder under the driver's seat - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
ss

2 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


o
cial p

f i

2.1 Back seat - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


nform
mer

2.2 Rear seat (one-piece, without longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . 168
atio
m

2.3 Backing (one-piece, without longitudinal adjustment) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . 169
o

n
c

2.4 Rear seat (one-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
or

n thi
te

2.5 Backing (one-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . 172
sd
iva

o
pr

2.6 Folding protection assembly on rear seat (one-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) -
um
r
fo

assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
2.7 Folding protection assembly on rear seat (one-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - remove
C py
t. rig
and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gh
174
ht
pyri by
Vo
2.8 Rear seat (two-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
2.9 Backing (two-piece) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
AG.

2.10 Rear seat (split, with longitudinal adjustment - Europe only) - assembly overview . . . . . . 179
2.11 Backrest (split - Europe only) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
2.12 Backrest (split - Europe only)- remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
2.13 Seat rail - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.14 Seat backing stop (without longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.15 Seat backing stop (without longitudinal adjustment) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . 185
2.16 Back seat head rest - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.17 Rear seat head rest - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.18 Rear seat head rest guide - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
2.19 Rear seat rest unlocking button - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

74 - Seat lining and upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190


1 Linings, stuffing of front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Contents iii
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.2 Front seat backing lining and stuffing - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.3 Lining and stuffing of the front backing - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.4 Front seat backing lining and stuffing - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2 Front seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.1 Driver / passenger seat cushion heating Z6 / Z8 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.2 Driver / passenger seat backrest heating Z7 / Z9 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.3 Lining and stuffing of the front seat head rest - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
n AG. Volkswagen A
3 Linings and stuffing of front seats . . . . . o.lk.s.w.ag.e. . . . . . . . . . . . .G. d.o.es. n.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
V t
3.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.d.by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g.u.ar.a . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
is nte
3.2 Lining and stuffing of back seat (without ut
ho
r
longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview eo .. 199
ra
3.3 Lining and stuffing of back seat ss a
(without longitudinal adjustment) - removal and installation
c
........................................................................ 200

ce
e
nl

pt
du

3.4 Lining and stuffing of back seat (with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview . . . . . . 201

an
itte

y li
3.5 Lining and stuffing of back seat (with longitudinal adjustment) - removal and installation . . 203
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.6 Rear seat cushion lining and filling (with longitudinal adjustment and cup holder - Europe

wit
only) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
, is n

h re
3.7 Rear seat cushion lining and filling (with longitudinal adjustment and cup holder - Europe
hole

spec
only) - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3.8 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (one-piece) backing - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . 205
3.9 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (one-piece) backing - removal and installation . . . . . . 206
3.10 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (two-piece) backing - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . 208

rrectness of i
3.11 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (two-piece) backing - removal and installation . . . . . . 209
l purpos

3.12 Rear seat backrest lining and filling (split - Europe only) - assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . 210
3.13 Rear seat backrest lining and filling (split - Europe only) - removal and installation . . . . . . 211

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

iv Contents
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
68 – Internal Equipment
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
1 Internal rearview mirror s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.1 Internal rearview mirror - removing and

ility
ot p

installing

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removal:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Pull the internal rearview mirror -1- up -arrow- and away of the
support plate (mirror base fastening spring).
Installation:

rrectness of i
Installation is performed in reverse sequence to the removal.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

1.2 Internal rearview mirror support plate -


n

t.
yi Co
op py
glue
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote
cted AG.
agen

♦ Glass scraper -1- (commercially available).


♦ Blade -2- (commercially available).

Materials:
♦ Metal and glass adhesive set -D 000 703 A1-
Gluing:
– Remove mirror base support plate.
– Remove the polyurethane (PUR) adhesive from the mirror
support plate using a steel brush.
– Sand the three spacing bumps on the gluing surface. To do
so, place the sandpaper (360/400 grit) over a flat surface.
– Keep the sanded surface free of dirt and grease.
– Scrape the adhesive (PUR) and the primer off the windshield
using a glass scraper until reaching the ceramic paint layer.
– Clean the gluing surface using the Adhesive remover -D 002
000 10- or the Cleaning product -D 009 401 04- .

1. Internal rearview mirror 1


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

WARNING

Do not damage the ceramic layer. Scratches will always be


visible.

– Cut the nylon mesh to the exact size of the mirror base.

Note

Use of protection gloves (rubber gloves) is recommended.

– Apply an ample and uniform layer of adhesive to the mirror


base.
– Position the nylon mesh over the mirror base.
olksw AG. V agen AG
agen do
– Apply more adhesiveolks from the tube directly onto
w es n
othe
t gu nylon
yV
mesh. se
d b ara
n ri tee
utho or
a ac
ss
Note
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

You have 30 seconds to place the nylon mesh over the adhesive
y li
erm

ab

and press the set onto the windshield.


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Strongly press the base of the mirror onto the windshield for
hole

15 seconds (without excessive force).


spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove excess adhesive using a cloth.


t to the co

Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

The rearview mirror can be assembled after 15 minutes.


nform
ercia

1.3 Internal rearview mirror with automatic


m

anti-glare - general assembling over‐


at
om

ion
c

view
in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

The internal rearview mirror with automatic anti-glare automati‐


p

cum

cally darkens when the driver is affected by a light beam coming


for

en
g

from behind.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
It is composed of a mirror and an electrical system with two photo
t. rig
gh ht
yri
sensors.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The electronic system uses the photo sensors to identify light from
Prote AG.

the front and the from behind.


If the presence of light from behind is greater than in the front, the
electronic system feeds current to the conductive lining.
The voltage supplied changes the color of the electrolyte. The
higher the voltage, the darker the electrolyte becomes.
The anti-glare feature is deactivated upon engaging the reverser
gear. This allows use of the internal rearview mirror for maneu‐
vering inside a garage without lighting.

2 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Mirror
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2 - Electrolyte lining olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
3 - Silver reflective layer horis nte
eo
aut ra
4 - Conductive lining ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
5 - Photo sensor
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Identifies the presence
erm

ab
of light from behind (rear

ility
ot p

windshield and passen‐

wit
, is n

ger compartment).

h re
hole

spec
6 - Photo sensor
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Identifies the presence
of light from the front
(windshield).

rrectness of i
7 - Electronic system
l purpos

8 - Internal rearview mirror


❑ Check the operation:

nform
ercia

Turn on the ignition.


Cover photo sensor -6-
m

at
om

and illuminate photo

ion
c

sensor -5- with a flash‐

in t
or

his
e

light, the surface of the


at

do
riv

mirror should darken


p

cum
(reverse gear cannot be
for

en
g

engaged).
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Internal rearview mirror 3


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4 Internal rearview mirror with automatic


anti-glare - remove and install

1.4.1 Assembly overview

1 - Internal rearview mirror


2 - Right side cover
3 - Mirror base
4 - Connectors
5 - Mirror support
❑ Glued to windshield.
6 - Left side cover wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4.2 Removal

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Detach the left -6- and right -2- side covers and remove them.
– Remove and disconnect connector-4- from the mirror base
-3-.
– Remove the mirror base -3- and the mirror -1- as one unit,
pulling down -arrow-, detaching them from the support -5-.

1. Internal rearview mirror 5


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4.3 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

1.5 Mirror fastening support (with automatic


anti-glare) - install
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Glass scraper -1- (commercially available)
♦ Blade -2- (commercially available)

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

Materials:
ot

wit
, is n

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-


h re
hole

spec

♦ Glass / body primer -D 009 200 02-


es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ 2-Component PU adhesive -D 180 KD2 A1-


The repair described prevents the windshield from having to be
rrectness of i

replaced and uses the mirror support from the replaced wind‐
shield.
l purpos

Preparing the windshield:


nform
ercia

– Remove primer and adhesive residues all the way to the ce‐
ramic paint layer.
m

a
com

tio

– Clean the gluing surface using the Cleaning solution -D 009


n in
r

401 04- .
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– The drying period lasts a minimum of 10 minutes.


r
rp

cum
fo

en

– Apply the Glass / body primer -D 009 200 02- .


ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Drying period : minimum 10 minutes, maximum 1 hour. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Prepare the fastening support for the new/removed mirror:


– Manually remove (scrape) adhesive residues (removed sup‐
port).
– Sand the gluing surface with water using a fine grit (800-1200)
until all residues are removed from the surface.
– Clean with the Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- .
Install the mirror fastening support:
– Apply 2-Component PU adhesive -D 180 KD2 A1- directly to
the mirror support gluing surface that was sanded and
cleaned.
– Diameter of the adhesive bead: (approx.: 2.5...3mm).
– Press the mirror base onto the prepared windshield immedi‐
ately after applying the adhesive.
– Center the mirror support into position on the ceramic pre-lay‐
er lining and fasten using adhesive tape.
Clean and remove excess adhesive:
– Carefully remove the adhesive tape 30 minutes to 1 hour after
gluing the mirror support.
– Scrape excess adhesive while still soft using a spatula.
Volkswa
– Completely remove the remaining excess adhesiveagen using a
AG. gen AG
does
cloth moistened with Cleaning solutionb-DV lksw 401 04- .
o009 not
y gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Internal rearview mirror 7


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Fox 2004 ➤ by Vol
gu
ara
d
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
orise nte
eo
th
au ra
ss c

ce
2 Object compartment, covers and lids

e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
2.1 Center console - remove and install

wit
, is n

h re
hole
Removal:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
There is no need to remove the selection lever handle and the
dust cover to remove the central console.
l purpos

– Turn the ignition and all electric consumers off, and remove

nf
ercia

the key from ignition.

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Disengage the selector level dust cover.


– Remove fastening screws -1-.
– Disconnect the connector for the 12-volt outlet -U5- or the Cig‐
arette lighter -U1- , if applicable.
– Remove the central console -2-.

8 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

2.2 Cup holder on seat cushion (Europe only)- assembly overview


AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
1 - Cup holder ris
ed ran
tee
tho
or
2 - Seat framework au ac
ss

ce
3 - Support e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
4 - Screw
erm

ab
ility
❑ 4 units
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ 2.5 Nm

h re
hole

spec
5 - Back seat
es, in part or in w

t to the co
6 - Lower cup holder lining

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.1 Cup holder on seat cushion (exclusive


Europe) - remove and install
Removal:

DANGER!

♦ The folding must be done with access by the side door


and, whenever as possible, by the right side.
♦ Locate the red elastic strap, housed under the seat, and
fit the hook of this strap in the passenger seat's headrest
bar, immobilizing the assembly.

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 9


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Fold the rear seat backrest.


– Remove fastening screws -4-.
– Return rear seat assembly to use position.
– Remove cup holder -1- with the cup holder lower lining -6- from
rear seat cushion -5-.
Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -4- to (2.5 Nm) torque.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
2.3 Parking brake lever handle - remove y Volkswa
does
not
gu
and install db ara
ise nte
or th eo
au ra
Removal: ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Pull the parking brake lever handle -2- up.


– Fit a small screwdriver in the lever opening and press against
the handle -arrow A-.
– Remove the handle -1- from the parking brake lever -2- by
pulling towards the front -arrow B-.
Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

2.4 Tray at the passenger's side (instrument


panel without glove compartment) - re‐
move and install
Removal:
– Remove dashboard central frame ⇒ page 12 .
– Remove fan control ⇒ Heating, air conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ;
Heating .
– Remove screws -1- that fasten the instrument panel and -2-
that fasten cup holder.
– Pull the instrument panel and disengage the tray.
Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (1.5 Nm) torque.
. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
– Tighten fastening screws
yV
olks -1- to (3.5 Nm) torque. s not g
u b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce

2.5 Glove compartment (Europe only)


le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2.5.1 Glove compartment (exclusive Europe)


wit
is n

- remove and install


h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Removal:
t to the co

– Remove upper -A- and side -B- screws.


– Remove lower screws -C-.
rrectne

– Remove glove compartment.


ss

– Release connector on the passenger's airbag deactivation


o
cial p

switch or glove compartment lighting switch, as applicable.


inform
mer

– Remove the glove compartment.


atio
om

Installation:
n
c

i
or

n thi
e

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


t

sd
iva

serving the following instructions:


pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Tighten fastening screws -A-, -B- and -C- to (1.5 Nm).


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 11


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.5.2 Glove compartment cover (exclusive


Europe) - remove and install
Removal: . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Remove the gloves compartment ⇒ page 11 . yV
o lk not
gu
d b ara
e nte
– Thread a self-tapping screw into the existing hole inththe oris
joint eo
pin until fastening it to the pin. Then, pull screw -arrow-
s au with a ra
c
pliers. s

ce
le
un

pt
– Remove the joint pin.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation:

ility
ot p

wit
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal. is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
2.6 Central frame on the instrument panel

s
(instrument panel without glove com‐

s o
cial p

f i
partment)

nform
mer

atio
Special tools and workshop equipment required
om

n
c

i
♦ Spatula -VW 037-
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Wedge -3409-

2.6.1 Central frame on the instrument panel (instrument panel without glove com‐
partment) - assembly overview

12 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs,
AG. V
interior
o lksw -
agenEdition 04.2011
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
1 - Instrument panel (instru‐ ed
by
V ua
ran
ment panel without glove com‐ oris tee
partment) th or
au ac
ss
❑ Remove and install

ce
le
un
⇒ page 74 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2 - Screw

erm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ 2 units.

wit
is n
❑ 1.5 Nm.

h re
ole,

spec
3 - Center instruments panel

urposes, in part or in wh
frame

t to the co
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 13 .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.6.2 Central frame on the instrument panel


(instrument panel without glove com‐
partment) - remove and install
Removal:
– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio,
telephone, navigation system .
– Remove switches located on central frame -3- ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 96 ; Internal switches, lights and lamps,
alarm .

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 13


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -2-.


– Disengage and remove central frame from the instrument pan‐
el -3- with the aid of a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- .

Note

Steering wheel is not shown to facilitate visualization of the central


frame removal from the instrument panel, and its removal is not
required.

Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
2.7 Central frame on instrument panel (with r nte
tho eo
u ra
glove compartment - Europe only) s a c
s

ce
le
un

pt
Special tools and workshop equipment required

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ Spatula -VW 037-
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

♦ Wedge -3409-
ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.7.1 Central frame on instrument panel (with glove compartment - Europe only)
- assembly overview

14 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Instrument panel (with


glove compartment - exclusive
Europe)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 77 .
2 - Screw
❑ 4 units.
❑ 1.5 Nm.
3 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 1.5 Nm.
4 - Center instruments panel
frame
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 15 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

2.7.2 Central frame on instrument panel (with


n in
or c

thi
e

glove compartment - Europe only) - re‐


t

sd
iva

o
r

move and install


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Removal:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio, yri
p by
o Vo
telephone, navigation system . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove switches located on central frame -4- ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 96 ; Internal switches, lights and lamps,
alarm .
– Remove the central console.

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 15


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.


– Disengage and remove central frame from the instrument pan‐
el -4- with the aid of a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- .
Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -2- and -3- to (1.5 Nm).

2.8 Luggage retaining net

2.8.1 Luggage holding net - assembly overview

1 - Screw
❑ 4 units.
❑ 2 Nm.
2 - Luggage net AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Remove and install olksw not
yV gu
⇒ page 17 . ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
3 - Riveted nut s aut ra
c
s
❑ 4 units.
ce
le
un

pt

❑ In order to install it, use


an
d
itte

y li

the POP NUT rivet nut


erm

ab

applier -VAG 1765B- or


ility
ot p

POP NUT rivet nut ap‐


wit
is n

plier -EQ 7422- .


h re
ole,

spec

4 - Lateral lining of the trunk


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

❑ Remove and install


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

⇒ page 122 .

2.8.2 Luggage holding net - removal and


agen
AG. Vin‐
olkswagen AG
does
ksw
stallation db
y Vol not
gu
ar
e an
ris tee
Removal: utho or
a ac
ss
– Remove fastening screws -1-.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Unplug and remove the net -2-.
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation:

ility
ot p

wit
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
, is n

h re
serving the following instructions:
hole

spec
– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (2 Nm) torque.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 17


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.9 Parasol - removal and installation

2.9.1 Assembly overview

1 - Parasol assembly
2 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 2 Nm.
3 - Fastening support
4 - Fastening support
❑ In order to remove it,
turn it 90° clockwise.
5 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 2 Nm. lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
2.9.2 Removal rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left parasol.


Right-hand sunshade removal and installation are analogous.

18 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Fold and disengage the sun visor -1- from the fastening sup‐
port -4-.
– Remove the fastening screw -5-.
– Turn it „90° clockwise “ and remove the fastening support
-4- .
– Remove fastening screw -2- and remove sunshade -1- with
fastening support -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

2.9.3 Installation

h re
hole

spec
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
serving the following instructions:
– Screw on the fastening screw -5- with torque of (2 Nm).

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Object compartment, covers and lids 19


olkswagen AG
wag en AG. V
Fox 2004 ➤ olks
does
not
yV gu
General body repairs, interior
se
d b - Edition 04.2011 ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
3 Roof`s Safety Handles

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
3.1 Roof safety handle - remove and install
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Removal:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

The removal and installation procedure is described for the left

rrectness of i
ceiling safety handle. Removal and installation for the right roof`s
safety handle is made in an analogue manner.
l purpos

– Fold the safety handle -1- downwards.

nform
ercia

– Unplug and turn upwards -arrow- the covers -3-.


m

at
om

ion
– Remove the fastening screws -2- and remove the safety han‐
c

in t
or

dle -1-.

his
ate

do
riv

Installation:
p

cum
for

en
ng

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


t.
yi Co
op
serving the following instructions: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (2 Nm) torque. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

20 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4 Door sill's trims


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spatula -VW 037-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Wedge -3409- Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
4.1 Door sill's trims (2 doors)
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nform
ercia

The removal and installation is described for the door sill's trim in
m

the left side. The removal and installation for the right door sill's
com

tion in

trim is made in an analogue manner.


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

4.1.1 Door sill's trims (2 doors) - assembly overview


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Door sill's trims 21


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Door sill's trim


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 23 .
2 - Front lid's lock activating
lever
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ Body - External
assembly works; Rep.
gr. 55 ; Lids .
3 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 2 Nm. agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
4 - Side lining rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Remove and install s aut ra
c
⇒ page 115 . s

ce
le
un

pt
5 - Clip

an
d
itte

y li
❑ Replace it if damaged.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

22 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.1.2 Door sill's trims (2 doors) - removal and


installation
Removal:
– Remove hood latch release lever -2- ⇒ Body - External as‐
sembly work; Rep. gr. 55 ; Covers .
– Unplug the door sill's trim -1- moving it upwards, starting in the
front part.
– Remove from the side lining -4- of the door sill's trim -1- in the
rear area.

Note

If necessary, use a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- to re‐


move the trim from the door sill-1-.

Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ar
d
Before assembling the risedoor's sill trim -1-, check the clamps -5-ante
o eo
and, if necessary,s areplace them.
h
ut ra
s c
ce
le
un

pt

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (2 Nm) torque.


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

4.2 Door sill trims (4 doors)


pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The removal and installation is described for the door sill's trim in
the left side. The removal and installation for the right door sill's
trim is made in an analogue manner.
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.2.1 Front door sill trim (4 doors) - assembly overview


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Door sill's trims 23


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Front door sill's trim


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 24 .
2 - Front lid's lock activating
lever
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ Body - External
assembly works; Rep.
gr. 55 ; Lids .
3 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 2 Nm.
4 - Lower lining of column B
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 110 .
5 - Clip
❑ Replace it if damaged.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

4.2.2 Front door sill trim (4 doors) - remove


es, in part or in w

t to the co

and install
Removal:
rrectness of i

– Remove hood latch release lever -2- ⇒ Body - External as‐


l purpos

sembly work; Rep. gr. 55 ; Covers .


nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

24 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unplug the front door sill's trim -1- moving it upwards, starting
in the front.
– Remove the front door sill's trim -1-, moving it ahead, unplug‐
ging it from column B's lower lining -4-.

Note

If necessary, use a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- to re‐


move the trim from the door sill-1-.

Installation:
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

Before assembling the front door's sill trim -1-, check the clamps
-5- and, if necessary, replace them.

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (2 Nm) torque.

4. Door sill's trims 25


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.2.3 Rear door sill's trims (4 doors) - assembly overview

1 - Rear door sill trim


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 26 .
2 - Clip
❑ Replace it if necessary.
3 - Lower lining of column B
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 110 .
4 - Stop (threaded pin)
❑ Backseat backing stop,
area of column C.
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 12 Nm.
5 - Finishing of column C
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 114 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

4.2.4 Rear door sill's trims (4 doors) - removal


itte

y li
erm

ab

and installation
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removal:
h re
hole

spec

– Remove the stop (threaded pin) -4- from the backseat backing.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o

26
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

– Unplug the rear door sill's trim -1-, starting in the front and
urposes, in part or in wh

moving to the ends.


t to the co

– In the rear area, move the sill, carefully unplugging it from col‐
umn C lining -5-.
rrectne

– In the front area, move the sill, carefully unplugging it from


column B lining -3-.
ss o

– Remove the rear door sill's trim -1-.


cial p

f inform
mer

atio
m

Note
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

If necessary, use a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- to re‐


t

sd
va

move the trim from the door sill-1-.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Installation:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
serving the following instructions:
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Door sill's trims 27


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

Before assembling the rear door's sill trim -1-, check the clamps
-2- and, if necessary, replace them.

– Remove the stop (threaded pin) -4- from the backseat backing
with torque of (12 Nm)..

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

28 Rep. gr.68 - Internal Equipment


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

69 – Passenger protection
1 safety belts - general information

1.1 Safety measures for belt pre-tensioner


♦ The checking, assembly and repair works must only be per‐
formed by specialized technicians.
♦ The safety belt pre-tensioner components can never be
opened nor repaired. Always use new components (risk of ac‐
cidents).
♦ The safety belt pre-tensioner units that have been subjected
to shocks or that have fallen on the ground can no longer be
installed in the vehicles.
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
♦ Always replace the mechanically damaged safety belt pre-
Vol
ksw not
gu
tensioner units (deformities, tears). ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ Storage and transportation must be in compliance
au
th with the ra
legislation on explosive materials. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ The elimination of non-triggered old components is made by
du

an
itte

dealers or importers.

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ The triggered safety belt pre-tensioners can be discarded as
ot p

wit
scrap.
, is n

h re
hole

♦ The belt pre-tensioner unit must be installed immediately after

spec
being removed from the transport package.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ No impact drills can be used to disassemble the belt pre-ten‐
sioners.

rrectness of i
♦ When the work is interrupted, the belt pre-tensioner unit must
be returned to the transport package.
l purpos

♦ The belt pre-tensioner unit cannot be left at an unprotected


place.

nform
ercia

♦ The belt pre-tensioner unit cannot be handled with lubricant,


m

at
om

cleaning products or other similar substances, nor may it be

ion
c

exposed to temperatures above 100° C, even temporarily.


in t
or

his
ate

♦ The pyrotechnic propelling load has no expiration date, i.e., it


do
priv

has unlimited, maintenance-free lifetime.


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
1.2 Belt pre-tensioner - check
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
• Unwind the belt. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
A fault message will be stored in the Airbag fault memory if a Prote AG.
safety belt pre-tensioner has been triggered.
If the safety belt pre-tensioner has been triggered, the entire safe‐
ty belt must be replaced.

1.3 Pre-tensioner units - elimination


The pre-tensioner units with pyrotechnic load not triggered must
be sent, in their original package, for valuation in compliance with
the rules from the respective national legislation! In case of
doubts, please contact the relevant sales centre or the importer.
The pre-tensioners triggered can be eliminated as industrial res‐
idues.

1. safety belts - general information 29


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Fox 2004 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
2 Safety belts - checking

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
Caution

h re
hole

spec
Whenever an accident happens, it is necessary to carry out a

es, in part or in w

t to the co
systematic inspection of the safety belt system! If any other
damage is verified based upon the check points mentioned
ahead, the client should be informed on the need of replacing

rrectness of i
the belts.
l purpos

2.1 Check points

nform
ercia

♦ Check the belt ⇒ page 30 .


m

at
om

io
♦ Check the automatic rewinder (blocking effect) ⇒ page 31 .

n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ Visual inspection of the belt's fastening ⇒ page 32 .


at

do
priv

c
♦ Check of the belt's fastening operation ⇒ page 32 .

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
♦ Check the inverters and the fastening's tab ⇒ page 32 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Check of components and fastening points ⇒ page 32 .
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Check the automatic rewinder of the abdominal belt.
agen
Prote AG.

Note

If the customer does not accept the replacement of the damaged


safety belt, the respective note should be made.

2.1.1 Belt - checking


– Completely remove the belt from the automatic rewinder or
from the regulating tab of the abdominal belt.
– Verify if the belt is dirty and, if necessary, wash it with a neuter
soap solution.
• The safety belt should be completely replaced with the belt's
fastening, if after a vehicle's accident one of the following
damages is found (cut, torn or worn out belt, or, yet torn fabric
threads).
• If in a vehicle that was not in an accident, any of the following
damages is found, it is only necessary to replace the damaged
safety belt.
Possible damages:

30 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

♦ Cut, torn, or worn out belt.


♦ Torn fabric threads in the belt's border.
♦ Burning by cigarettes and similar.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
2.1.2 Automatic rewinder (blocking effect) - orised ara
nte
eo
checking
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le

The belt's automatic rewinder has two blocking functions:


un

pt
an
d
itte

1- Checking: y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The first blocking function is activated when the belt is quickly wit
pulled from the automatic rewinder (acceleration of the belt's un‐
is n

h re
winding).
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Pull the belt, strongly, out of the automatic rewinder.


t to the co

If no blocking is found - replace the full safety belt with its fasten‐
ing.
rrectne

If there are fails unwinding and winding the belt, it is necessary to


check first if the automatic rewinder position is changed.
ss

2- Checking:
o
cial p

f inform

The second locking function operates when a sudden change is


mer

noticed in the vehicle movement (vehicle-dependent locking func‐


atio
m

tion).
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Fasten the safety belt.


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Accelerate the vehicle until reaching the (20 km/h) speed and
p

cum
r
fo

press the brake pedal strongly.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
If, during braking, the blocking system does not work, it is neces‐
C py
t. rig
gh
sary to replace the full safety belt with the fastening.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

For safety reasons, the test drive should be made in a street


without movement, in order not to expose other drivers to the
danger.

2. Safety belts - checking 31


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Fox 2004 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
General body repairs, interior t-hoEdition 04.2011
ris
eo
au ra
ss c
2.1.3 Visual inspection of the belt's fastening .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
– Verify the fastening for the formation of tearing and cracks.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
• If no blocking is found - replace the full safety belt with its fas‐

ot

wit
tening.

, is n

h re
hole
2.1.4 Check of the belt's fastening operation .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Check the belt's fastening:
– Insert the tab in the fastening until hearing its engaging. Check
that the fastening device is engaged, pulling the belt strongly.

rrectness of i
• Make at least 5 checking sequences. If, the fastening tab does
l purpos

not work even if for a single time, replace the full safety belt
with the fastening.

nform
ercia

Verify the unlocking:


m

a
com

ti
– Release the safety belt, pressing the respective button with

on in
your finger.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
• The latch tab must spring out of the latch automatically as soon
r
rp

c
as the belt is released.

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
• Make at least 5 checking sequences. If, the fastening tab is
Co
Cop py
not release even if for a single time, the full safety belt with the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
fastening should be replaced. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Never use lubricants to eliminate any kind of noises or lack of


mobility of the safety belt's fastening button.

2.1.5 Guides and latch tab - check


The plastic-coated inverters have thin parallel grooves after a load
stress (belt used in the moment of an accident) is exerted on the
belt's system. (The wearing that results from frequent use is iden‐
tified through plain wearing marks without scratches).
– Check for deformations, cracks or formation of tears in the
plastic.
• When there is the formation of grooves and/or damages, it is
necessary to replace the full safety belt with the fastening.

2.1.6 Components and fastening points -


checking
♦ Deformed fastening strap (elongated).
♦ Height regulation does not work.
♦ Fastening points (seat, support, vehicle's floor) off-center or
with damaged thread.
• If damage is found in the parts, the safety belt should be fully
replaced with its fastening.
• Replace the fastening points.

Note

In the case of damages that are not result of an accident, such as


in case of wearing, it is necessary to replace only the damaged
component.

32 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.2 Mooring points of the children's seat


(ISOFIX) - checking after accidents
The mooring points of the children's seat (ISOFIX) are installed
in the structure assembly of the seat/rest of the backseat.
Always check the state of mooring points -1- after an accident.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Safety belts - checking 33


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3 Front safety belts

3.1 Front seat belt „2-door“ (with pre-tensioner) - assembly overview

1 - Electric harness of the belt


latch
2 - Belt's fastening assembly
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 43 .
3 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.
4 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.
5 - Safety belt assembly.
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 35 .
6 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
7- Cover cap byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
8- Washer auth eo
ra
ss c
9 - Distance bushing
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

10 - Screw
itte

y li
erm

ab

❑ 1 unit.
ility
ot p

❑ 40 Nm.
wit
, is n

h re

11 - Pre-tensioner harness
hole

spec

connector
es, in part or in w

t to the co

12 - Connector fastening clip


13 - Seat belt inertia reel with
rrectness of i

pre-tensioner
l purpos

WARNING
The disposal of used
nf
ercia

parts that were not trig‐


rm
m

atio

gered (pre-tensioners) is
om

carried out by the deal‐


n in
or c

ers or importers
thi
te

sd

⇒ page 29 .
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
14 - Safety belt guide
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
15 - B pillar lining rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
16 - Screw
cted agen
Prote AG.

❑ 2 units.
❑ 3.5 Nm.

34 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body
AG repairs,
. Volkswaginterior
enA - Edition 04.2011
n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
17 - Belt's height regulator ed
by ua
ran
ris tee
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 41 . tho
or
au ac
ss
18 - Screw

ce
le
un

pt
❑ 2 units.

an
d
itte

y li
❑ 23 Nm.

erm

ab
ility
ot p
19 - Belt guide

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
3.2 Front seat belt „2-door“ (with pre-ten‐

t to the co
sioner) - remove and install

rrectne
Note

ss o
cial p

The removal and installation is described for the left safety belt.

f in
The removal and installation for the right safety belt is made in an

form
mer

analogue manner.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

WARNING
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Before starting any body repair, remove the pre-tensioner units

en
ng

t.
yi
from the safety belts.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Disconnect the battery earth strap, since the seat belts are
rig ht
py by
Vo
equipped with pre-tensioners.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary
to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

3.2.1 Removal
– Remove the cover cap -7- and the lower fastening screw -6-
of the seat belt ⇒ page 42 .
– Remove the rear side lining ⇒ page 115 .

3. Front safety belts 35


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Disconnect the pre-tensioner electric harness -11- and disen‐


gage the connector from the internal panel.
– Fold the belt guide cover cap -19- upwards. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Remove the fastening screw -4-. byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Remove the director -19-. tho tee
or
au ac
– Remove the fastening screws -16- from the safety belt guide
ss

ce
e
-14-. nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Remove the fastening screw -10-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove seat belt inertia reel with pre-tensioner -13- on B pil‐

wit
lar.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐

nf
ercia

o
serving the following instructions:

rm
m

atio
m

– Screw on the fastening screw -10- with torque of (40 Nm).


o

n in
or c

– Screw on the fastening screws -16- from the safety belt guide

thi
te

sd
a

-14- with torque of (3.5 Nm).


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
– Screw on the fastening screw -4- with torque of (40 Nm).
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Install the belt's lower fastening point and screw on the fas‐ C py
t. rig
tening screw -6- with torque of (40 Nm) ⇒ page 42 . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.3 Front seat belt „2-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - assembly overview

36 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Internal panel of column B


2 - Column B upper lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 106 .
3 - Distance bushing
4 - Belt guide n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
5 - Screw ir se
d b ran
o tee
❑ 1 unit. auth or
ac
ss
❑ 40 Nm.

ce
le
un

pt
6 - Guide cover

an
d
itte

y li
rm

❑ Detachable type: Pull it

ab
pe

ility
and remove it, removing
ot

wit
it from the belt guide.
, is n

h re
❑ Folding type: Unlock the
hole

spec
lower part and lift it.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
7 - Safety belt assembly.
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 38 .

rrectness of i
8 - Screw
l purpos

❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.

nform
mercia

9 - Cover cap

a
com

tion in
10 - Washer
r
te o

thi
s
iva

11 - Distance bushing

do
r
rp

cum
fo

12 - Screw
en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ 1 unit. t. Cop py
rig
❑ 40 Nm.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
13 - Screw cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.
14 - Belt's fastening assembly
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 43 .
15 - Front seat bottom structure
16 - Safety belt rewinder
17 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 3.5 Nm.
18 - Safety belt guide
19 - Belt's height regulator
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 41 .
20 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 23 Nm.

3. Front safety belts 37


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.4 Front seat belt „2-door“ (without pre-ten‐


sioner) - remove and install
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
Note utho or
a ac
ss
The removal and installation is described for the left safety belt.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

The removal and installation for the right safety belt is made in an

an
itte

analogue manner.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.4.1 Removal

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the lower fastening screw of seat belt -8-
es, in part or in w

⇒ page 42 .

t to the co
– Remove the rear side lining ⇒ page 115 .
– Remove or fold the guide cover's cap -6-.

rrectness of i
– Remove the fastening screw -5-.
l purpos

– Remove the belt guide -4- with the distance bushing -3-.

nf
ercia

– Remove the fastening screws -17- from the safety belt guide

orm
-18-.
m

atio
om

n in
– Remove the fastening screw -12-.
or c

thi
te

– Remove the safety belt rewinder -16- from column B.

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Screw on the fastening screw -12- with torque of (40 Nm).
– Screw on the fastening screws -17- from the safety belt guide
-18- with torque of (3.5 Nm).
– Screw on the fastening screw -5- with torque of (40 Nm).
– Install the belt's lower fastening point and screw on the fas‐
tening screw -8- with torque of (40 Nm) ⇒ page 42 .

3.5 Front seat belt „4-door“ (without pre-tensioner) - assembly overview

38 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Internal panel of column B


2 - Column B upper lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 107 .
3 - Distance bushing
4 - Belt guide
5 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.
6 - Guide cover
❑ Detachable type: Pull it
and remove it, removing
it from the belt guide.
❑ Folding type: Unlock the
lower part and lift it.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
7 - Safety belt assembly. Vol
ks ot g
d by ua
❑ Remove and install ris
e ran
tee
⇒ page 40 . tho or
au ac
ss
8 - Screw

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ 1 unit.

an
itte

y li
erm

❑ 40 Nm.

ab
ility
ot p

9 - Screw

wit
, is n

h re
❑ 1 unit.
hole

spec
❑ 40 Nm.
es, in part or in w

10 - Safety belt rewinder t to the co


11 - Positioning lever
rrectness of i

❑ The angle -A- should be


of„ 27° “.
l purpos

❑ The -arrow- indicates


the front of the vehicle.
nform
ercia

12 - Screw
m

at
om

io

❑ 1 unit.
n
c

in t
or

❑ 40 Nm.
his
ate

do
riv

13 - Belt's fastening assembly


p

cum
for

en
g

❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 43 .


n

t.
yi Co
op py
14 - Front seat bottom structure
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
15 - Screw
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ 2 units.
AG.

❑ 3.5 Nm.
16 - Safety belt guide
17 - Belt's height regulator
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 41 .
18 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 23 Nm.

3. Front safety belts 39


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.6 Front seat belt „4-door“ (without pre-ten‐


sioner) - remove and install

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left safety belt.
The removal and installation for the right safety belt is made in an
analogue manner.

3.6.1 Removal
– Remove the lower fastening screw of seat belt -8-
⇒ page 42 .
– Remove the lower lining of column B ⇒ page 110 .
– Remove or fold the guide cover -6-.
– Remove the fastening screw -5-.
– Remove the belt guide -4- with the distance bushing -3-.
– Remove the fastening screws -15- from the safety belt guide
-16-.
– Remove the fastening screw -9-.
– Remove the safety belt rewinder -10- from column B.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.6.2 Installation
wit
, is n

h re

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


hole

spec

serving the following instructions:


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Screw on the fastening screw -9- with torque of (40 Nm).


– Screw on the fastening screws -15- from the safety belt guide
rrectness of i

-16- with torque of (3.5 Nm).


l purpos

– Screw on the fastening screw -5- with torque of (40 Nm).


nf
ercia

Note
orm
m

atio
m

♦ During the installation of the position lever -11- observe the


o

n in
or c

correct assembly angle-A-.


thi
te

sd
iva

♦ The angle -A- should be of„ 27° “.


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en

♦ The -arrow- indicates the front of the vehicle.


ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Install the belt's lower fastening point and screw on the fas‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
tening screw -8- with torque of (40 Nm) ⇒ page 42 .
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

40 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.7 Belt height adjustment „2 and 4-door“ -


remove and install

Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
The removal and installation is y Vdescribed for the right belt height
olk not
gu
regulator. The removal and riseinstallation
d b
for the left belt height reg‐ arant
ulator is made in an analogue
tho manner. ee
or
s au ac
s

ce
le

3.7.1 Removal
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2-door vehicles:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove the belt guide -4- ⇒ page 36 .

wit
is n

h re
– Remove the upper lining of column B -2- ⇒ page 106 .
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

4-door vehicles:

t to the co
– Remove the belt guide -4- ⇒ page 38 .
– Remove the upper lining of column B -2- ⇒ page 108 .

rrectne
Continues for 2 and 4 door vehicles:

ss
– Remove fastening screws -1-.

o
cial p

f in
– Remove the belt height regulator -2- from column B.

form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.7.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

3. Front safety belts 41


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (23 Nm) torque.

3.8 Fastening point of the front belt - remov‐


al and installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left belt fastening
point. The removal and installation for the left belt fastening point
is made in an analogue manner.

3.8.1 Removal
– Unplug the cover cap -2- of the fastening screw -1-.
– Remove the fastening screw -1-. en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
lksw n
– Remove the belt's lowerbfastening
yV
o point -3- with the distance
ot g
ua
bushing -4-. orised ran
te
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

3.8.2 Installation
t to the co

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


serving the following instructions:
rrectne

– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (40 Nm).


ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

42 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.9 Front seat belt latch (Europe only) - re‐


move and install

3.9.1 Removal
Left front seat (driver)
– Remove the seat ⇒ page 146 .

Note

The seat must be adjusted to its mid height (seat height adjust‐
ment).

– Remove the belt latch connector -1- (press side locks).


– Remove clips -2- and -3-.
– Remove seat belt harness -4-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the fastening screw -2-.


– Remove seat belt latch -3- along with the seat belt har‐
rrectness of i

ness-1-.
l purpos

Right front seat (passenger).


– Fully move the seat back.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the fastening screw -1-.
t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the belt fastening -2-.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Front safety belts 43


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3.9.2 Installation olksw
agen oes
not
byV gu
ara
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, rob‐
ised
nte
serving the following instructions: aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
Left front seat (driver)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Install the belt latch -3-.

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (40 Nm).

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Install belt latch harness -1- by observing the location indica‐

h re
ted in the illustration.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
– Connect the connector -1-.

rm
m

atio
m

– Fasten clips -2- and -3- by passing the belt latch harness -4-
o

n in
c

through its respective clips.


or

thi
te

sd
a

Right front seat (passenger).


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the belt latch -2-.


– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (40 Nm).

3.10 Fastening of the front belt - removal and


installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left safety belt
fastening. The removal and installation for the right safety belt
fastening is made in an analogue manner.

44 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.10.1 Removal
– Fully move the seat back.
– Remove the fastening screw -1-.
– Remove the belt fastening -2-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
3.10.2 Installation
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

rrectness of i
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (40 Nm).
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Front safety belts 45


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4 Rear safety belts

4.1 Rear seat belt (with automatic inertia


swa
genreel)
AG. Volk-sw
assembly
agen AG
does overview
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
1 - Distance bushing tho eo
au ra
c
2 - Belt guide ss

ce
le
un

pt
3 - Screw

an
d
itte

y li
❑ 1 unit.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ 40 Nm.

wit
is n

h re
4 - Seat belt's inertia reel
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

5 - Screw

t to the co
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.

rrectne
6 - Double fastening assembly
❑ Remove and install

ss
⇒ page 50 .

o
cial p

f in
7 - Nut

form
mer

❑ 4 units.

atio
om

❑ 30 Nm.

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

8 - Lap belt and latch assembly


t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
❑ Remove and install

um
r
fo

⇒ page 50 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
9 - Belt tab t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
10 - Belt's lower fastening point
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Remove and install
AG.

⇒ page 49 .
11 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.

4.2 External rear seat belt (with automatic


inertia reel) - remove and install

Note

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
is made in an analogue manner.

4.2.1 Removal
Vehicles (2 doors):
– Remove the lining of column C ⇒ page 111 .
– Remove the side lining ⇒ page 115 .

46 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the belt's lower fastening point, rear area


⇒ page 49 .
Vehicles (4 doors):
– Remove the lining of column C ⇒ page 114 .
– Remove the rear door sill's trim ⇒ page 26 .
– Remove the belt's lower fastening point, rear area
⇒ page 49 .
Continues for vehicles (2 and 4 doors):
– Remove the fastening screw -5-.
– Remove belt guide -2- with the spacer bushing -1-.
– Remove the fastening screw -4-.
– Remove the seat belt inertia reel -3-.

4.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Screw on the fastening screw -4- with torque of (40 Nm).
– Screw on the fastening screw -5- with torque of (40 Nm).
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
– Install the belt's
Vol
klower
swa fastening point, rear
oes
narea,
ot screwing on
the fastening
ed b screw with torque of (40 Nm) ⇒ gpage
y ua
ra 49 .
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.3 Rear seat belts (without automatic inertia reels) - assembly overview
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

47
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 4. Rear safety belts
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Belt's upper fastening point


2 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm.
3 - Double fastening assembly
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 50 .
4 - Nut
❑ 4 units. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
❑ 30 Nm. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
5 - Abdominal belt with simpleutho
or
fastening ss
a ac

ce
e

❑ Remove and install


nl

pt
du

an
⇒ page 50 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
6 - Belt tab

ility
ot p

wit
7 - Belt's lower fastening point
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Remove and install

spec
⇒ page 49 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
8 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.

rrectness of i
❑ 40 Nm.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
4.4 External rear seat belts (without auto‐ cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
matic inertia reels) - remove and install
Prote AG.

Note

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
is made in an analogue manner.

4.4.1 Removal
Vehicles (2 doors):
– Remove the lining of column C ⇒ page 111 .
– Remove the side lining ⇒ page 115 .
– Remove the belt's lower fastening point, rear area
⇒ page 49 .
Vehicles (4 doors):
– Remove the lining of column C ⇒ page 114 .
– Remove the rear door sill's trim ⇒ page 26 .

48 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the belt's lower fastening point, rear area


⇒ page 49 .
Continues for vehicles (2 and 4 doors):
– Remove the fastening screw -1-.
– Remove the safety belt fastening point -2-.

4.4.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (40 Nm).
– Install the belt's lower fastening point, rear area, screwing on
the fastening screw with torque of (40 Nm) ⇒ page 49 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

4.5 Lower fastening point of the rear belt -


es, in part or in w

t to the co

removal and installation


rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
nf
ercia

is made in an analogue manner.


rm
m

atio
om

n in

4.5.1 Removal
or c

thi
te

sd
a

Vehicles (2 doors):
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Remove the side lining ⇒ page 115 .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

49
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Rear safety belts
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Vehicles (4 doors):
– Remove the rear door sill's trim ⇒ page 26 .
Continues for vehicles (2 and 4 doors):
– Remove the fastening screw -1-.
– Remove the lower fastening point of seat belt -2-.

4.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (40 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
4.6 Lap belt with dual latch „2 and 4-
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

door“ (rear seat without longitudinal ad‐


an
itte

y li

justment) - remove and install


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

4.6.1 Removal
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .


– Remove the seat's lining and stuffing ⇒ page 199 .
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

The lining do not need to be removed from the stuffing.


nf
ercia

orm
m

atio

Abdominal safety belt with simple fastening and double fasten‐


om

n in

ings:
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

50 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Remove belt fastening nuts -1-(2 units) on the hinges -2-.


m

at
om

Safety belt fasteners:


on
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Rear safety belts 51


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the fastening screws -1- of the belt in the seat struc‐ t to the co
ture -2-.
rrectness of i

4.6.2 Installation
l purpos

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


serving the following instructions:
nform
ercia

Abdominal safety belt with simple fastening and double fasten‐


ings:
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Fasten the fastening nuts -1- of the belt in the hinges -2- with
torque of (40 Nm) .
rrectness of i

Safety belt fasteners:


l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Rear safety belts 53


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fasten the fastening screws -1- of the belt in the seat structure
-2- with torque of (40 Nm) .

4.7 Lap belt with dual latch „2 and 4-


door“ (rear seat with longitudinal adjust‐
ment) - remove and install

4.7.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the seat's lining and stuffing ⇒ page 199 .

Note

The lining do not need to be removed from the stuffing.

54 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Abdominal safety belt with simple fastening and double fasten‐


ings:
– Remove the fastening nuts -6- from the seat structure assem‐
bly -1- and from the seat's rail -4-.
– Remove the abdominal safety belt with simple fastening -5-
and the double fastenings -2- from their respective studs -5-,
located in the structure of the seat rail -4-.

4.7.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install the abdominal safety belt with simple fastening -5- and
the double fastenings -2- to its respective studs -3-, located in
the seat rail's structure -4-. swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
– Install the seat rail's structure assembly -4- to the dseat
by struc‐ ara
ise nte
ture assembly -1- and fasten the fastening nuts thor-6- with torque eo
of (30 Nm). sa
u ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
4.8 Single latch„2-door“ (split rear set with rrectness of i
l purpos

longitudinal adjustment - Europe only) -


remove and install
nform
mercia

at
om

io

4.8.1 Removal
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .


do
priv

cum
or

– Remove the seat's lining and stuffing ⇒ page 199 .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The lining do not need to be removed from the stuffing.
AG.

4. Rear safety belts 55


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Safety belt fasteners:


– Remove the fastening nuts -6- from the seat structure assem‐
bly -1- and from the seat's rail -4-.
– Remove lap belt latches -2- and -5- from their respective studs
-3- located on the seat rail structure -4-.

4.8.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Install seat belt latches -2- and -5- on their respective
olks
wag studs does
not
-3- located on the seat rail structure -4-. ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
o
– Install the seat rail's structure assembly
aut
h -4- to the seat struc‐ eo
ra
ture assembly -1- and fasten the fastening
ss nuts -6- with torque c
of (30 Nm).

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5 Airbag

5.1 Installation locations - assembly overview

1 - Airbag control lamp -K75-


❑ Located in the com‐
bined Instrument -K- .
2 - Trigger for driver's airbag -
N95-
❑ Remove and install 3-
spoke steering wheel
⇒ page 59
❑ Remove and install 4-
spoke steering wheel
⇒ page 61
3 - Trigger 1 for front passen‐
ger airbag -N131-
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 65 .
❑ Adjusting components
(blocking and activat‐
ing) ⇒ page 73 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
4 - Driver/passenger side air‐ byV gu
ara
ed
nte
bag trigger -N199 / N200- horis
eo
ut ra
❑ Remove and install ss a c
⇒ page 67 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
5 - Airbag control unit -J234-
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Remove and install

ility
ot p

⇒ page 69 .

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Adapting components
hole

(encoding)

spec
⇒ page 72 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
6 - Diagnostics connector
❑ Located in the fuse com‐

rrectness of i
partment below the
steering column.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm

5.2 Safety measures for working with Air‐


m

atio
om

bags
n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

WARNING
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Before carrying out any repairs on the Airbag, disconnect the Cop py
. rig
battery earth strap ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter
ht ht
rig by
py
motor, alternator, battery . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Once the battery's earth strap is disconnected, the repairs can
AG.

be conducted immediately.
No-one should remain inside the vehicle during the battery's
earth strap connection.

5. Airbag 57
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
tery. olkswage es n
o
V t gu
by
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's raequip‐ a
ed nte
ris
ment (radio,ut clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
ho eo
ra
cording sto
s the repair guide and/or instructions of use.
a c

ce
le
un

pt
an
♦ The checking, assembly and repair should only be made by
d
itte

y li
specialized personnel.
rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Before handling (touching) the airbag ignition device, the me‐
ot

wit
, is n

chanical should unload his body's electrostatic charge. This is

h re
made by touching grounded metallic pieces, such as: water
hole

spec
pipes, heating tubes or metallic beams.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ The airbag ignition device installation should be made imme‐
diately after they are removed from its shipping package.

rrectness of i
♦ When the work is interrupted, the airbag ignition device should
be returned to its shipping package.
l purpos

♦ It is forbidden leaving the airbag ignition devices in a place


without care.
nform
ercia

♦ The removed airbag ignition devices should be stored so that


m

a
the cushioned side be turned upwards.
com

tion in
r

♦ The airbag ignition devices that fall on a hard surface or


te o

thi

present damages cannot be installed again.


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

♦ The airbag ignition device that were not fired should be iden‐
fo

en
ng

tified and returned to the manufacturer to be eliminated (use


t.
yi Co
op
the airbag ignition devices shipping package). C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ The storage and shipping should be in compliance with the
cop Vo
by lksw
legislation for explosive materials. cted agen
Prote AG.

5.3 Airbag ignition devices after an accident


- replacing

5.3.1 Accident with airbag firing


The following components should always be replaced:
♦ All the fired airbag ignition devices with their command units
and sensors.
♦ Supports of the Ignition device 1 for the front passenger airbag
-N131- .
♦ Airbag coil connector and return spring with sliding ring -
F138- .
Visual inspection - replace it if necessary:
♦ All the damaged components.

Note

After the repair, even if the airbag control lamp -K75- do not indi‐
cate any failure, the record of defects regarding airbag compo‐
nents should be verified with the help of the Diagnosis, Measuring
and Information System -VAS 5051A/52- ⇒ page 72 .

58 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n Fox 2004 ➤
o ot
byV General body repairs,guinterior
ara - Edition 04.2011
d
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
5.3.2 Accident without airbag firing ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Note

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Even if the airbag control lamp -K75- does not indicate any failure,

is n

h re
the airbag component damage memory must be checked, using
ole,

spec
the Diagnosis, Measurement, and Information System -VAS
urposes, in part or in wh

5051A/52- ⇒ page 72 .

t to the co
Items that should be checked:

rrectne
♦ Airbag control lamp -K75-
♦ Trigger for driver's airbag -N95-

ss o
cial p

f
♦ Trigger 1 for front passenger airbag -N131-

inform
mer

♦ Driver/passenger side airbag trigger -N199 / N200-

atio
m

♦ Airbag control unit -J234-


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

♦ Safety belts front and rear, as well as the mooring points of the
t

sd
va

children's seat (ISOFIX) ⇒ page 30 .


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

5.4 Ignition device for driver's airbag -N95-


t.
yi Co
op py
(steering wheel with 3 spokes) - removal
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
and installation
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag


⇒ page 57 .

WARNING

Before working on the electrical system, it is necessary to dis‐


connect the battery earth strap. ⇒ Electrical equipment; Rep.
gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

5.4.1 Removal
– Pull the steering column out completely and lock it in the lower
position.
– Turn ignition off.
– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

5. Airbag 59
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57

– Turn the steering wheel to the position shown in the figure (90°
left).

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57

– Fit a screwdriver, about 5 mm in width, from behind, to the


steering wheel protective hole.
– Press the screwdriver upwards -arrow- until locking spring
-1- is unlocked and the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -
N95- disengages partially from the steering wheel housing.
– Turn the steering wheel to (180° right) and unlock the second
locking.

– Carefully remove the Driver's airbag ignition device -N95- ,


pulling it a little a little away from the steering wheel.

Caution

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching
the vehicle's door lock stop. swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
– Carefully detach the lockutho-1- from the connector -2- with a eo
ra
a
screwdriver. ss c
ce
e
nl

pt

– Disconnect connector -2- and remove the trigger for the driv‐
du

an
itte

er's airbag -N95- .


y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

5.4.2 Installation
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


serving the following instructions:
rrectness of i

Caution
l purpos

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


nform
ercia

the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
m

at

the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching


om

io

the vehicle's door lock stop.


n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
60
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Insert connector -2- in the Ignition device for driver's airbag -


N95- and lock it with lock -1-.
– Place the ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- in the
installation position and press it inwards to the steering wheel
until the engaging is heard in both sides.
Assembly notes:
♦ Turn off all electrical devices.
♦ Turn on the ignition.
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

WARNING

When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no


one is inside the vehicle.

5.5 Ignition device for driver's airbag -N95-


(steering wheel with 4 spokes) - removal
and installation

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57 n AG. Volkswagen AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
WARNING au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


pt
an
d

to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;


itte

y li
erm

Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .


ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note
t to the co

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
rrectne

tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ss

ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐


o
cial p

cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.


inform
mer

atio

5.5.1 Assembly overview:


om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Airbag 61
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Steering wheel
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Chassis, axles, steer‐
ing; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steer‐
ing .
2 - Connector of Ignition device
for driver's airbag -N95-
3 - Trigger for driver's airbag -
N95-
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 62 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

5.5.2 Removal
l purpos

– Pull the steering column out completely and lock it in the lower
position.
nf
ercia

– Turn ignition off.


rm
m

atio
m

– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


o

n in
c

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Caution
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag . C py
t. rig
⇒ page 57
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Turn the steering wheel until the horizontal spokes are in ver‐
tical position (left 90°).
– Fit a screwdriver, about 5 mm in width, from behind, to the
steering wheel protective hole.
– Press the screwdriver upwards -arrow- until locking spring is
unlocked and the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95-
disengages partially from the steering wheel housing.
Turn the steering wheel to (180° right) and unlock the second
locking. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ol ksw n
– Carefully remove the Driver's y V airbag ignition device -N95- , t gua
o
db
pulling it a little a little away
rise from the steering wheel. ran
te
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
Caution

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of

y li
erm

ab
the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐

ility
ot p

trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and

wit
, is n

the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching

h re
the vehicle's door lock stop.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Carefully detach the lock -1- from the connector -2- with a
screwdriver.

rrectness of i
– Disconnect connector -1- and remove the trigger for the driv‐
l purpos

er's airbag -N95- .

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py

5.5.3 Installation
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
serving the following instructions:

Caution

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching
the vehicle's door lock stop.

5. Airbag 63
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Engage and lock connector -2- on the Ignition device for the
driver's airbag -N95- -3-.
– Place the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- -3- in the
installation position and insert it into the steering wheel, press‐
ing it until a click is heard on both sides.
Assembly notes: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Turn off all electrical
d by V devices.
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Turn on the ut ignition.
ho eo
ra
s a c
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
s

ce
le

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
WARNING
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no
hole

one is inside the vehicle.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5.6 Connector of the airbag coil and return

rrectness of i
spring with sliding ring -F138- - remove
l purpos

and install
nform
ercia

5.6.1 Removal
m

a
com

tion in

Vehicles with (3 spokes steering wheel):


r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Remove the Ignition device for driver's airbag -N95- (3-spoke


do
r
rp

steering wheel) ⇒ page 59 .


um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove steering wheel (3-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running
Co
op py
gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Vehicles with (4 spokes steering wheel): by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Ignition device for driver's airbag -N95- (4-spoke
steering wheel) ⇒ page 61 .
– Remove steering wheel (4-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running
gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .
Continues for vehicles with (3- and 4-spoke steering wheel):
– Remove the steering column covering ⇒ page 87 .

Note

In the removal and installation of the Airbag coil connector and


return spring with sliding ring -F138- it is necessary to pay atten‐
tion for the connector to be in intermediate position (wheels ahead
- Aligned).

64 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Disconnect the connector -1-.


– Disengage the coupling hook -2- from the Airbag coil connec‐
tor and return spring with sliding ring -F138- and remove it.

5.6.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

In the removal and installation of the Airbag coil connector and


return spring with sliding ring -F138- it is necessary to pay atten‐
tion for the connector to be in intermediate position (wheels ahead
- Aligned).

5.7 Trigger 1 for front passenger's airbag -


N131- - remove and install

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57 olksw AG. V agen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
WARNINGtho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


nl

pt
du

to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;


an
itte

y li

Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
rrectness of i

♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐


l purpos

ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐


cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.
nform
mercia

5.7.1 Removal
at
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Turn ignition off.


o

his
ate

do
riv

– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


p

cum
or

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the instrument panel ⇒ page 74 . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Airbag 65
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag


⇒ page 57 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching
the vehicle's door lock stop.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.


– Remove fastening screws -2-.
– Remove the Ignition device 1 for front passenger's airbag -
N131- -1- from the support.

66 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.7.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install the Ignition device 1 for front passenger's airbag -N131-
-1- on the support.
– Insert fastening screws -2- in position and tighten as minimum
as possible.
– Tighten screw -A- to preliminary torque.
– Turn Ignition device 1 for front passenger's airbag -N131-
clockwise -arrow C- to stop of screw -B-.
Volkswa
– Tighten fastening screw
swa
g-B-
en Ato
G.(10 Nm).
gen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
– Tighten fastening d b screw -A- to (10 Nm). ara
rise nte
– tho fastening screws-2- to (10
Tighten other Nm).
eo
s au ra
c
s
– Connect the connector -3-.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Assembly notes:

y li
rm

ab
pe

♦ Turn off all electrical devices.

ility
ot

wit
, is n

♦ Turn on the ignition.

h re
hole

spec
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
es, in part or in w

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

WARNING t to the co
rrectness of i

When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no


l purpos

one is inside the vehicle.


nform
mercia

5.8 Driver's/passenger's side airbag trigger


com

tion in

-N199 / N200- - remove and install


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Caution
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .
t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ page 57 pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

5. Airbag 67
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.8.1 Removal

Note

The removal and installation is described for the front left seat.
The removal and installation for the front right seat is made in an
analogue manner.

– Turn ignition off.


– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57

– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .


– Remove the front seat backing ⇒ page 158 .
– Remove the seat backrest lining ⇒ page 192 .
– Release and pass connector -2- through the opening in the
backrest lining.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Caution lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
The electrostatic discharges can cause rise an involuntary firing of nte
ho eo
the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
ut ra
s a c
trostatic discharging before connecting
s the ignition cable and
ce
le

the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching


un

pt
an
d

the vehicle's door lock stop.


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit

– Remove fastening screws -3-.


, is n

h re
hole

– Remove the Driver's/passenger's side airbag trigger -N199 /


spec

N200- -4- from the seat backrest frame -1-.


es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

5.8.2 Installation
l purpos

– Installation is carried out by reversing the removal order, con‐


sidering the following:
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

68 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Pass the connector -2- through the opening in the seat back‐
rest lining and engage it.
– Install the Driver's/passenger's side airbag trigger -N199 /
N200- -4- on the seat backrest frame -1-.
– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (7 Nm) torque.
– Install the front seat ⇒ page 146 .
Assembly notes:
♦ Turn off all electrical devices.
♦ Turn on the ignition. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Close vehicle doors. by
Vo gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment
ut
hor
; eo
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery
ss a . ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
WARNING
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no
ot p

wit
one is inside the vehicle.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5.9 Control unit for the airbag -J234- - re‐
moval and installation

rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .

nf
ercia

o
⇒ page 57

rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

WARNING
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


t.
yi Co
to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system; Cop py
t. rig
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery . opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

5.9.1 Removal
– Turn ignition off.
– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

5. Airbag 69
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57

– Remove the center console ⇒ page 8 .


– Turn locking handle -2- towards arrow and disengage con‐
nector -3- from the Airbag control unit -J234- -1-.
– Remove nuts -4- .
– Remove the Airbag control unit -J234- -1- from studs.

Caution

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching
the door lock stop.

5.9.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Place the Airbag control unit -J234- -1- on studs.
– Tighten the nuts -4- with (9 Nm) of torque.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Assembly notes: Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
♦ Turn off all electrical devices. horis nte
eo
aut ra
♦ Turn on the ignition. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;

an
d
itte

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

WARNING

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no
es, in part or in w

one is inside the vehicle.


t to the co
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

If the Control unit for the airbag -J234- was replaced, it should be
encoded; adapt (encode) the components ⇒ page 72 .
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in

5.10 Passenger's side airbag crash sensor -


r
te o

thi

G180- and Driver's side airbag crash


s
iva

do
r
rp

sensor -G179- - remove and install


um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Caution
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 57

70 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
WARNING rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
Before making any work in the electric system, it is
ss necessary c
to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;

ce
le
un

pt
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Note

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-

t to the co
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.

rrectne
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

ss o
cial p

f inform
5.10.1 Removal
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n
Note

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

c
The removal and installation is described for the left side of the

um
r
fo

en
ng

vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
t.
yi Co
hicle is made in an analogue manner. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Turn ignition off.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .


⇒ page 57

– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .


– Remove the front door sill trim ⇒ page 21 .
– Disengage the floor covering in the sensor region.
– Disengage connector -1- of Passenger's side airbag crash
sensor -G180- or Driver's side airbag crash sensor -G179- .
– Remove fastening screws -2-.
– Remove the Passenger's side airbag crash sensor -G180- or
Driver's side airbag crash sensor -G179-

Caution

The electrostatic discharges can cause an involuntary firing of


the airbag. That's why the assembler should perform the elec‐
trostatic discharging before connecting the ignition cable and
the mass cable. This can be done, for instance, by touching
the door lock stop.

5. Airbag 71
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.10.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install the Passenger's side airbag crash sensor -G180- or
Driver's side airbag crash sensor -G179-
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (9 Nm) torque.
– Connect the connector -1- of Passenger's side airbag crash
sensor -G180- or Driver's side airbag crash sensor -G179- .
Assembly notes:
♦ Turn off all electrical devices.
♦ Turn on the ignition.
♦ Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

WARNING

When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no


one is inside the vehicle.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
5.11 Components -Voadapting/verifying
lksw
ag does
not
gu
by ara
d
Special tools and workshophoris equipment required
e nte
eo
ut ra
a
♦ Diagnosis, Measurement
ss and Information System -VAS c
5051A/52-
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ Diagnosis cable -VAS 5051/1- , -VAS 5051/5A- , -VAS 5051/3-


or -VAS 5051/6B-
nform
ercia

5.11.1 Work sequence


m

at
om

ion
c

in t

– Connect the Diagnosis, Measurement, and Information Sys‐


or

his
e

tem -VAS 5051A/52- to the 16-pin diagnosis connector -T16-


at

do
riv

located on the fuse compartment, below the steering column.


p

cum
or

⇒ General information; Rep. gr. 97 ; Electrical cables and


f

en
ng

harnesses
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Turn on the ignition.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Turn off all electrical devices.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Proceed by selecting the desired functions ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.

72 Rep. gr.69 - Passenger protection


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

6 Deactivation of the airbag

6.1 Ignition device 1 for the front passenger


airbag -N131- - blocking or activation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
WARNING byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
The previous conditions for deactivation (decommissioning) of
a ra
ss c
one or more airbag units are published in the „Service Manual

ce
le
un
- Technique“.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
In the „Service Manual - Technique 2“, the „process ID “ or the
ot

wit
, is n

„TPL Number“ for deactivation of airbag units is: „2010201“.

h re
hole

spec
ElsaWin:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
→ Solving technical problems.
→ Service Manual - Technical.

rrectness of i
→ Solving technical problems.
l purpos

→Electrical system
→ Function.

nform
ercia

→ Passenger protection.
m

a
com

tio
→ Deactivation of airbag units.

n in
r
te o

thi
→ Systems.

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Deactivation of the airbag 73


olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Fox 2004 ➤ ksw
ag does
not
Vol
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
70 – Finishing/insulation

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
1 Instrument panel

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
1.1 Tools
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spatula -VW 037-

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Wedge -3409- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Ejecting lever -80-200- .

1.2 Instrument panel - remove and install

WARNING

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

74 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so,agrequest


en AG. V the anti-
olkswagen AG
do
theft code before disconnecting the massyV
olkscable from the bat‐
w es n
ot g
tery. ise
d b ua
ran
r tee
ho
♦ When reconnecting the battery,
au check if the vehicle's equip‐
t or
ac
ment (radio, clock, electric locks,
ss electric windows, etc.), ac‐

ce
e
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.2.1 Removal

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Turn ignition off.

h re
hole

spec
– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;
es, in part or in w

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

t to the co
– Remove the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- .
Vehicles with (3 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 59 .

rrectness of i
Vehicles with (4 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 61 .
l purpos

Caution

nform
mercia

at
Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .
om

io
⇒ page 57

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

c
– Remove the steering wheel ⇒ Chassis, axles, steering; Rep.

um
for

en
gr. 48 ; Steering .
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the steering column covering (without adjustment) t. C rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ page 87 . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the Airbag coil connector and return spring with slid‐ Prote AG.
ing ring -F138-
– Remove the turn signal and wiper/washer switches⇒ Electri‐
cal system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Switches, lights, and external lamps .
– Remove A pillar coverings (right and left side) ⇒ page 104 .
– Remove side air baffles -1- ⇒ Heating, air conditioning; Rep.
gr. 80 ; Heating .
– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio,
telephone, navigation system .
– Remove the central frame on instrument panel -2-
⇒ page 12 .
– Remove ventilation adjustment mechanism -3- ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .
– Remove fuse support -4- ⇒ Electrical equipment; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Electrical cables and harnesses .

1. Instrument panel 75
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Fox 2004 ➤ rise
d b ara
nte
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011 autho eo
ra
ss c

ce
le
– Remove fastening screws -9- and disengage upper cover on

un

pt
instrument panel -8- with central air baffles ⇒ Heating, air

an
d
itte

y li
conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .

rm

ab
pe

ility
– Remove the Combined instrument -K- ⇒ Electrical system;

ot

wit
, is n
Rep. gr. 90 ; Instrument case, indicators .

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the steering column covering (with adjustment)

es, in part or in w
⇒ page 89 .

t to the co
– Remove fastening screws -7-.
– Remove fastening bolts -6- from the Ignition device 1 for front

rrectness of i
passenger's airbag -N131- .

l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
– Remove fastening screws -11-.

um
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the fastening screws -12-, -13-, -14- and -15-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Position the wire harnesses inwards the instruments panel
gh ht
pyri by
-10- to make the removal easier.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the instrument panel -10-.

Note

To unplug and remove the instruments panel -10-, it is recom‐


mended the help of a second operator.

1.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

Help from a second operator is recommended to install the in‐


strument panel -10-.

76 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ Observe tightening sequence of fastening screws on instru‐


ment panel -10-.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -11- to (1.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -15- to (3.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -13- to (3.5 Nm) torque.
Volkswa
♦ Tighten fastening screwss-12-
wage to (3.5 Nm) torque.
n AG. gen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
♦ Tighten fasteningisescrews
db -14- to (3.5 Nm) torque. ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Tighten fastening bolts -6- on Ignition device 1 for front pas‐

h re
senger's airbag -N131- to (10 Nm).
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Tighten fastening screws -7- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

t to the co
– Install the steering column covering (with adjustment)
⇒ page 89 .

rrectness of i
– Engage the upper cover on instrument panel -8- with central
l purpos

air baffles and tighten screws -9- with (1.5 Nm) ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
1.3 Instrument panel (with glove compart‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

ment - exclusive Europe) - remove and


install

WARNING

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary


to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

1. Instrument panel 77
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.3.1 Removal agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Turn ignition off. ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
– Disconnect the battery'saut mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ; ra
c
Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up
s engine, alternator, battery .
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Remove the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- .

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Vehicles with (3 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 59 .

ility
ot p

Vehicles with (4 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 61 .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Caution
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .
⇒ page 57

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the steering wheel ⇒ Chassis, axles, steering; Rep.


gr. 48 ; Steering .

nform
ercia

– Remove the Airbag coil connector and return spring with slid‐
ing ring -F138-
m

at
om

ion
c

– Remove the steering column covering (without adjustment)

in t
or

⇒ page 87 .

his
ate

do
priv

– Remove the turn signal and wiper/washer switches⇒ Electri‐

cum
for

cal system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Switches, lights, and external lamps .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove A pillar coverings (right and left side) ⇒ page 104 .
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Remove side air baffles -1- ⇒ Heating, air conditioning; Rep. co Vo
by lksw
cted
gr. 80 ; Heating .
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the radio ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio,


telephone, navigation system .
– Remove the center console ⇒ page 8 .
– Remove the central frame on instrument panel -2-
⇒ page 14 .
– Remove ventilation adjustment mechanism -3- ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .
– Remove fuse support -4- ⇒ Electrical equipment; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Electrical cables and harnesses .

78 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -8- and disengage upper cover on


instrument panel -7- with central air baffles ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .
– Remove the Combined instrument -K- ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 90 ; Instrument case, indicators .
– Remove the steering column covering (with adjustment)
⇒ page 89 .
– Remove fastening screws -6-.
– Remove fastening bolts -5- from the Ignition device 1 for front
passenger's airbag -N131- .

– Remove fastening screws -10-.


– Remove the fastening screws -11-, -12-, -13- and -14-.
– Position the wire harnesses inwards the instruments panel
-9- to make the removal easier.
– Remove the instrument panel -9-.

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
ot g
To unplug and d by Vremove the instruments panel -9-,
o
ua it is recommen‐
ran
ded the ohelp
rise of a second operator. tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

1.3.2 Installation
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


serving the following instructions:
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

Help from a second operator is recommended to install the in‐


nform
ercia

strument panel -9-.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument panel 79
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ Observe tightening sequence of fastening screws on instru‐


ment panel -9-.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -10- to (1.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -14- to (3.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -12- to (3.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -11- to (3.5 Nm) torque.
♦ Tighten fastening screws -13- to (3.5 Nm) torque.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
– Tighten fastening bolts -5- on Ignition
o
ir se device 1 for front pas‐
ran
tee
senger's airbag -N131- to (10 Nm).auth or
ac
ss
– Tighten fastening screws -6- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Install the steering column covering (with adjustment)
itte

y li
⇒ page 89 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Engage the upper cover on instrument panel -7- with central

wit
, is n

air baffles and tighten screws -8- with (1.5 Nm) ⇒ Heating, air

h re
hole

conditioning; Rep. gr. 80 ; Heating .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion

1.4 Cross support/Instruments panel - re‐


c

in t
or

his
e

moval and installation


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
WARNING
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessary pyri by
Vo
co
to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .
AG.

Note

♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.

80 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4.1 Removal
– Turn ignition off.
– Disconnect battery earth strap⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .
– Remove the instrument panel ⇒ page 74 .
– Remove the center console ⇒ page 8 .
– Remove passenger side airbag ⇒ page 65 .
– Remove fastening screws -arrows- that fasten the steering
column on the cross support.

– Remove the fastening screw -1-.


– Remove the air baffle channel of thewwindscreen
agen
AG. Volks-4-.
wagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Remove fastening screws -2-ed(2
by units). ara
nte
is
or eo
– Remove the central air-streamer
au
th channel -3-. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Remove the fastening screw -2-.


m

– Remove the air duct -1-.


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument panel 81
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -1- (2 units) on air conditioning sup‐


port.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
– Remove the fastening screws -1- from cross support.
, is n

h re
hole

– Press the relay holder -2- backwards.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Unplug the harness from the instruments panel, in the areas Prote AG.
-1- and -2-.
– Remove the Central control unit for the convenience system -
J393- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Front
doors/components/central lock .
– Disengage the support from the Central control unit for the
convenience system -J393- .

– Remove fastening screws -1- and -4-, with nut -3- on the in‐
strument panel support -2-.

82 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -arrows- (2 units) on the left and


right sides of the instrument panel support.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Remove fastening screws -1- (3 units). ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the transversal support -2- from the instrument panel.

Note

To unplug and remove the cross support -2-, it is recommended the help of a second operator.

1. Instrument panel 83
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

To install and remove the cross support -2-, it is recommended


the help of a second operator.

– Install the transversal support -2- for the


en AG. V
instrument
olksw agen AG panel.
ag does
lksw not
– Tighten fastening screws
by -1- to (20 Nm) torque.
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

– Tighten fastening screws -arrows- to (12 Nm) on the left and


orm

right sides of the instrument panel support.


m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fasten the fastening screws in the following sequence: -1- and


-4- on instrument panel support-2- to (12 Nm).
– Install nut -3- on the instrument panel support -2-.
– Insert the support on the Central control unit for the conven‐
ience system -J393- .

84 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Install the Central control unit for the convenience system -


J393- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Front
doors/components/central lock .
– Insert the instrument panel harness in areas -1- and -2-.

– Press the relay holder -2- forwards.


– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (4 Nm) behind the cross sup‐
port.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (12 Nm) on air conditioning


support.
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Install air duct -1-.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (1.5 Nm).
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Install air baffle channel on the windscreen -4-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument panel 85
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Fox 2004 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
General body repairs,thointerior - Edition 04.2011
ris
eo
au ra
ss c
– Screw on the fastening screw -1- with torque of (3.5 Nm).

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Install the central air-streamer channel -3-.

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (3.5 Nm) torque.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

– Tighten screws -arrows- that fasten the steering column to the


f

en
ng

t.
cross support to torque (25 Nm).
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Install passenger side airbag ⇒ page 65 . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Install the center console ⇒ page 8 . Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Install the instruments panel ⇒ page 74 .


– Turn on the ignition.

Caution

Please take care and make sure that no-one stays inside the
vehicle.

– Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

1.5 Instrument panel cover - remove and in‐


stall

1.5.1 Removal
– Remove the left air baffle from the instrument panel.
– Remove the center console ⇒ page 8 .
– Remove the central frame on instrument panel:
Vehicles with glove compartment ⇒ page 15 .

86 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Vehicles without glove compartment ⇒ page 13 .


– Remove fastening screws -1- (4 units) and disengage the in‐
strument panel cover -3- with Wedge -T10039/1- .

1.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.
– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

1.6 Steering column covering - remove and


install

1.6.1 Removal

WARNING

Before making any work in the electric system, it is necessaryagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
to disconnect the battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system; Vol
ksw s no
t gu
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery . ised by ara
n r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
ot p

wit
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
, is n

h re
tery.
hole

spec
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐
cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.
rrectness of i
– Remove the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- .
l purpos

Vehicles with (3 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 59 .


Vehicles with (4 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 61 .
nf
ercia

or

– Remove steering wheel (3-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running


m
m

atio

gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .


om

n in
or c

– Remove steering wheel (4-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running


thi
te

gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .


sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument panel 87
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Disengage the upper covering -1- from the steering column gh ht
yri by
upwards. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.
– Carefully pull backwards the lower lining -4- of the steering
column.

88 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


AG. Volkswagen AG d Fox 2004 ➤
agen Generalnot body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
oes
olksw
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
1.6.2 Installation or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐

ce
e
nl

pt
serving the following instructions:
du

an
itte

y li
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (1.5 Nm) torque.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (3.5 Nm) torque.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
WARNING
es, in part or in w

t to the co
When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no
one is inside the vehicle.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

1.7 Steering column covering with adjust‐


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

ment - remove and install


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Special tools and workshop equipment required rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Spatula -VW 037- cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Wedge -3409-

1. Instrument panel 89
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

♦ Hook -T 10118- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
WARNINGd by V o gu
ara
rise nte
ho e
Before makings aany work in the electric system, it is necessary or ac
ut
to disconnect sthe battery's mass cable. ⇒ Electrical system;

ce
e

Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
♦ Check if the vehicle has a coded radio, if so, request the anti-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
theft code before disconnecting the mass cable from the bat‐
tery.
♦ When reconnecting the battery, check if the vehicle's equip‐
rrectness of i

ment (radio, clock, electric locks, electric windows, etc.), ac‐


cording to the repair guide and/or instructions of use.
l purpos

1.7.1 Removal
nform
mercia

at

– Turn ignition off.


om

ion
c

in t

– Disconnect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


or

his
e

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .


at

do
priv

cum

– Remove the Ignition device for the driver's airbag -N95- .


for

en
ng

t.
yi
Vehicles with (3 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 59 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Vehicles with (4 spokes steering wheel): ⇒ page 61 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Observe the safety measures to work with the Airbag .

– Remove steering wheel (3-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running


gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .
– Remove steering wheel (4-spoke steering wheel) ⇒ Running
gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 48 ; Steering .
– Remove the instrument panel cover. ⇒ page 86

90 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the Combined instrument -K- ⇒ Electrical system;


Rep. gr. 90 ; Instrument case, indicators .
– Disengage upper covering on steering column -3- according
to the movement -arrow- of the instrument panel -2- using a
Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge -3409- .
– Remove the steering column upper covering -3-.

WARNING

♦ Remove carefully the upper covering on the steering col‐


umn -3-, through the opening on cross support -1-, since
it may be damaged.

Caution

When removing upper covering on steering column -3-, there


is risk of hand injuries.

– Remove fastening screws -1- and -2-.


– Pull carefully the lower covering on steering column back‐
wards -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument panel 91
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.7.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install upper covering on steering column -1- according to the
movement -arrow- using a Spatula -VW 037- or a Wedge
-3409- .

Caution

When installing upper covering on steering column -1-, there


is risk of hand injuries.

– Pull fabric of the upper covering on steering column -1- ac‐


cording to motion -arrow-, through opening ageon cross
n AG. Volkssupport
wagen AG
does
-2-, by using the Hook -T 10118- . y Volksw not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
h
WARNING au
t or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl

♦ Pull carefully the fabric of the upper covering on steering


pt
du

column -1-, since it may be damaged. an


itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Tighten fastening screws -1- to (1.5 Nm) torque.


– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (3.5 Nm).
rrectness of i

WARNING
l purpos

When connecting the battery's mass cable, make sure that no


nform
ercia

one is inside the vehicle.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Connect the battery's mass cable ⇒ Electrical equipment ;


o

his
te

Rep. gr. 27 ; Start-up engine, alternator, battery .


a

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2 Doors' linings (2 doors)

2.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedge -T10039/1-

2.2 Driver's side front door lining - remove


and install

2.2.1 Removal

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Doors' linings (2 doors) 93


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Turn ignition off. cted agen
Prote AG.

Vehicles with electrical glass activation mechanism:


– Disengage the frame from switches -7- with Wedge -
T10039/1- and disengage the connector.
Vehicles with manual glass activation mechanism:
– Remove the window crank ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 64 ; Windscreen, windows, window mechanisms .
For all vehicles:
– Remove fastening screws -8- (7 units).
– Remove door lining -9- by using Wedge -T10039/1- .
– Unplug the activation cable -4- of the door's internal pull -6-.
– If existing, disconnect the connectors from the LED (anti-theft
alarm system) and the external electric rear-view mirror.
– Disengage the reinforcement -3- (only Europe models).

94 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

♦ Before assembling, check the fastening clips -1- for damages


and, if necessary, replace them.
♦ Check the state of rivet nuts -2-. In order to install it, use the
POP NUT rivet nut applier -VAG 1765B- or POP NUT rivet nut
applier -EQ 7422- .

For all vehicles:


– Tighten fastening screws -8- to (2 Nm) torque.

2.3 Front passenger's side door lining - re‐


move and install

2.3.1 Removal olksw


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Doors' linings (2 doors) 95


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Turn ignition off.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Vehicles with electrical glass activation mechanism:


itte

y li
rm

ab

– Disengage the frame from switches -4- with Wedge -


pe

ility
ot

T10039/1- and disengage the connector.


wit
, is n

h re

Vehicles with manual glass activation mechanism:


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the window crank ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


t to the co

Rep. gr. 64 ; Windscreen, windows, window mechanisms .


For all vehicles:
rrectness of i

– Remove fastening screws -3- (7 units).


l purpos

– Remove lining -2- with the Wedge -T10039/1- at the fastening


points.
nform
ercia

– Disengage the activation cable -7- of the internal door handle


m

-5-.
a
com

tion in

– If applicable, disengage connector on the electric external


r
te o

thi

rear-view.
s
iva

do
r
rp

– Disengage the reinforcement -8- (only Europe models)


um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

96 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.3.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

♦ Before assembling, check the fastening clips -1- for damages


and, if necessary, replace them.
♦ Check the state of rivet nuts -9-. In order to install it, use the
POP NUT rivet nut applier -VAG 1765B- or POP NUT rivet nut
applier -EQ 7422- .

For all vehicles:


– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (2 Nm) torque.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Doors' linings (2 doors) 97


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3 Doors' linings (4 doors)

3.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedge -T10039/1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
3.2 Front door lining - assembly overview by gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
1 - Rivet nuts
ce
le
un

pt
❑ In order to install it, use
an
d
itte

y li
the POP NUT rivet nut
rm

ab
applier -VAG 1765B- or
pe

POP NUT rivet nut ap‐ ility


ot

wit
, is n

plier -EQ 7422- . h re


hole

spec
2 - Hook of the lock activation
es, in part or in w

cable
t to the co

3 - Lock activation cable


❑ Removal and installa‐
rrectness of i

tion ⇒ Body - External


assembly work; Rep.
l purpos

gr. 57 ; Front doors/


components/central
nform
ercia

locking
m

4 - Cable support
com

tion in

❑ On lining
r
te o

thi
s
iva

5 - Internal pull
do
r
rp

cum

❑ Removal and installa‐


fo

en
g

tion ⇒ Body - External


n

t.
yi Co
op
assembly work; Rep. C py
t. rig
gr. 57 ; Front doors/
gh ht
pyri by
components/central
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
locking
agen
Prote AG.

6 - Switch frame
7 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
8 - Door lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 99
9 - Clip
❑ Replace, as required

98 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.3 Front door lining - remove and install

3.3.1 Removal
Vehicles with power window drive mechanism:
– Disengage the frame from switches -6- with Wedge -
T10039/1- and disengage the connectors.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Vehicles with manual glass activation mechanism:
AG.

– Remove the window crank ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 64 ; Windscreen, windows, window mechanisms .
For all vehicles:

3. Doors' linings (4 doors) 99


Fox 2004 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
General body repairs, interior
by V - Edition 04.2011
ol
gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove fastening screws -7-.


– Disengage the lining -8- with Wedge -T10039/1- at the fas‐
tening points.
– Disengage the internal handle operating cable -3- from the
support -4-. Then, disengage the hook -2- from the internal
handle -5-.
– Disengage the LED connectors (Anti-theft alarm system) and
the external electric rear-view mirror, as applicable.

100 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.3.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

♦ Before assembling, check the fastening clips -9- for damages


and, if necessary, replace them.
♦ Check the state of rivet nuts -1-. In order to install it, use the
POP NUT rivet nut applier -VAG 1765B- or POP NUT rivet nut
applier -EQ 7422- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
For all vehicles: by Vol not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
– Tighten fastening screws -7- to (2 Nm) torque.
thor eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.4 Rear door lining - general overview of assembly

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

1 - Clip

t to the co
❑ Replace, as required
2 - Rivet nuts

rrectne
❑ In order to install it, use
the POP NUT rivet nut

s
applier -VAG 1765B- or

s o
POP NUT rivet nut ap‐
cial p

f in
plier -EQ 7422- .

form
mer

atio
3 - Hook of the lock activation
om

cable

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

4 - Lock activation cable


t

sd
iva

o
pr

❑ Removal and installa‐


cum
r
fo

tion ⇒ Body - External


en
ng

t.
yi
assembly work; Rep.
Co
Cop py
gr. 58 ; Front doors/
t. rig
gh ht
yri
components/central p by
co Vo
lksw
locking
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Cable support
❑ On lining
6 - Internal pull
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ Body - External
assembly work; Rep.
gr. 58 ; Front doors/
components/central
locking
7 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
8 - Door lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 102

3. Doors' linings (4 doors) 101


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.5 Rear door lining - remove and install

3.5.1 Removal
Vehicles with manual glass activation mechanism:
– Remove the window crank ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 64 ; Windscreen, windows, window mechanisms .
For all vehicles:

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Remove fastening screws -7- from lining.


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

102
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation cted agen
Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Disengage the lining -8- with Wedge -T10039/1- at the fas‐


tening points.
– Disengage the internal handle operating cable -4- from the
support -5-. Then, disengage the hook -3- from the internal
handle -6-.
– Disengage the connectors from the power window mecha‐
nism, as applicable.

3.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Before assembling, check the fastening clips -1- for damages
olks
wage es n
ot g
and, if necessary, replace them. d by
V ua
ran
e
ris tee
♦ Check the state of rivet nuts -2-. In order to install
utho it, use the or
POP NUT rivet nut applier -VAG 1765B- or POP ss
a
NUT rivet nut ac
applier -EQ 7422- .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
For all vehicles:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Tighten fastening screws -7- to (2 Nm) torque.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Doors' linings (4 doors) 103


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4 Lining of columns and sides

4.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever -T10039-
♦ Wedge -T10039/1-

♦ Spade -VW 037- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
♦ Wedge -3409-
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi

4.2 Column A lining - remove and install


te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
The removal and installation is described for the right side of the op Vo
by c lksw
vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle cted agen
Prote AG.
is made in an analogue manner.

4.2.1 Removal
– Remove the roof`s safety handle ⇒ page 20 .

104 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Turn ignition off.


nform
ercia

– Disengage A pillar covering -1-, starting from the centre and


going forward and backward.
m

at
om

io

– In the front area, unplug the instruments panel.


n
c

in t
or

his
e

– At the rear section, pull from the pillar B lining.


at

do
priv

– Disconnect the connector -3- from the tweeter and remove the
um
for

lining of column A -1-.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
4.2.2 Installation
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
serving the following instructions:

4. Lining of columns and sides 105


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note
t to the co

♦ Any and all repair involving the lining removal, should necessarily have the fastening clamps -2-, replaced
by new parts.
rrectne

♦ After installing, check if the lining -1- is completely fitted to the door's edging.
ss o

4.3 Column B lining (2 doors) - removal and


cial p

f inform

installation
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

Note
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
r
fo

en
ng

vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
t.
yi Co
op
is made in an analogue manner. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
4.3.1 Removal
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the fastening of the front seatbelt in column B.

106 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the roof`s safety handle ⇒ page 20 .


– Partially unplug the upper lining of column A -1-.
– Disengage the rear side lining -4-in the region close to B-pillar
lining.
– Remove the fastening screw -5-.
– Disengage the lining from column B -3- in the upper area and
pull it ahead and out of the lining of column C -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

4.3.2 Installation

h re
hole

spec
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
serving the following instructions:

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

♦ Check and replace the lining fastening clips, if necessary.


♦ Check if the door's inner edging lip and the side glass inner

nform
ercia

edging finish the lining's edges.


m

at
om

ion

– Screw on the fastening screw -5- with torque of (1.5 Nm).


c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.4 Column B linings (4 doors) - assembly overview

4. Lining of columns and sides 107


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Clip
2 - Column B upper lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 108
3 - Screw
4 - Lower lining of column B
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 110

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

4.5 Column B lining (4 doors) - removal and t to the co

installation
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
nf
ercia

vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
orm

is made in an analogue manner.


m

atio
om

n in
or c

4.5.1 Removal
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Remove the lower lining of column B -4- ⇒ page 110 .


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
– Remove the lining of column A ⇒ page 104 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the upper fastening of the safety belt.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

108 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the fastening screw -3- from the belt's upper fastening
point -2-.
– Remove the upper lining of column B -2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Lining of columns and sides 109


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
♦ Check and replace the lining fastening
ss a clips -1-, if necessary. c

ce
le
♦ Check that the finishing tab of the front and rear doors reach
un

pt
an
d
the edges of the lining.
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Tighten fastening screw -3- to torque (1,5 Nm) on upper B-
ot

wit
, is n

pillar lining -2-.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.6 Column B lining (4 doors) - removal and


installation

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
Note
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
r
rp

cum
fo

vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle

en
ng

t.
is made in an analogue manner.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
4.6.1 Removal cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the rear door sill's trim ⇒ page 23 .
– Remove the rear door sill's trim ⇒ page 26 .
– Remove the lower lining by disengaging its tab -1- from the
upper pillar B lining.

110 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.6.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

All and any repairs involving removal of lining must mandatorily


include replacing the fastening clips by new parts.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
4.7 Column C lining (2 doors) - removal and
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ss aut
installation ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Note

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the

wit
, is n

vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle

h re
hole

is made in an analogue manner.

spec
es, in part or in w

4.7.1 Removal t to the co

– Remove the luggage compartment cover.


rrectness of i

– Fold the rear seat rest.


l purpos

– Unplug the side lining ⇒ page 115 .


nf
ercia

– Remove seat belt fastening point, rear area ⇒ page 49 .


orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Lining of columns and sides 111


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Remove fastening screws -2- (2 units).
agen
Prote AG.

– Disengage the lining from column C -1- with the aid of a Spat‐
ula -VW 037- , Wedge -T10039/1- or Wedge -3409- ..
– At the front area, pull the B pillar lining out.
– Pass the safety belt through the column C lining -1- and re‐
move the lining.

4.7.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

112 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Any and all repair involving the lining removal, should necessarily have the fastening clamps -3-, replaced
by new parts.
♦ After installing, check if the lining -1- is completely fitted to the seating of the rear lid sealing.

– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (1.5 Nm) torque.

4. Lining of columns and sides 113


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

4.8 Pillar C lining (4 doors) - assembly overview

1 - Finishing of column C
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 114
2 - Screw
❑ 2 units
❑ 1.5 Nm
3 - Clips

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
4.9 Column C lining (4 doors) - removal and
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
installation
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.9.1 Removal
– Remove the luggage compartment cover.
– Remove the rear door sill trim ⇒ page 26 .
– Remove the lower fastening point of the rear safety belt
⇒ page 49 .
– Fold the rear seat rest.
– Remove the screws and safety handle, as applicable
⇒ page 20 .

114 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -arrows- (2 units) from C pillar lin‐


ing.
– Remove the pillar C lining, disengaging it from the pillar B.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4.9.2 Installation
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐

wit
is n

h re
serving the following instructions:
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

All and any repairs involving removal of lining must mandatorily

rrectne
include replacing the fastening clips by new parts.

ss
– Tighten fastening screws -arrows- to (1,5 Nm) on upper C-

o
cial p

f
pillar lining.

inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
4.10 Side lining (2 doors) - removal and in‐
or

n thi
te

sd
a

stallation
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
lksw
cted agen
Prote
vehicle. The removal and installation for the left side of the vehicle
AG.

is made in an analogue manner.

4.10.1 Removal
– Remove the door sill's trim ⇒ page 21 .
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .

4. Lining of columns and sides 115


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove side lining -1- starting at the front side, with Wedge -

t to the co
T10039/1- .
– At the rear section, pull the fastening hooks -2- out from the
pillar C lining, and remove the side lining -1-.
rrectne

4.10.2 Installation
ss o

– The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal,


cial p

f in

observing the following instructions:


form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

116 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Any and all repair involving the lining removal, should necessarily have the fastening clamps -3-, replaced
by new parts.
♦ After installation, check if the lining -1- is fully at the door and window sealing fittings.

4. Lining of columns and sides 117


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5 Linings of the luggage compartment

5.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever -T10039-
♦ Wedge -T10039/1-

5.2 Rear lid lining - remove and install


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
5.2.1 Removal ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

118 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the fastening screw -3-.


– Remove the lining -1- with the help of a Wedge -T10039/1-
through the fastening points and remove them from the rear
lid.

5.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

5. Linings of the luggage compartment 119


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

Before assembling, it is necessary to check the fastening clamps -2-for damages and, if necessary, replace
ion
c

them.
in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

– Screw on the fastening screw -3- with torque of (1.5 Nm).


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

120 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.3 Luggage compartment cover - removal and installation

1 - Joint pin
❑ Remove the fastening
pin-2- pushing it, and
them unplug the pin
from the lid.
2 - Fastening pin
3 - Articulation housing
4 - Cable
5 - Trunk cover
❑ Unplug the cables of the
articulation pins and un‐
plug the the articulation
housing cover.
6 - Cover articulation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Linings of the luggage compartment 121


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

5.4 Lower lining and cover of the rear panel - removal and installation

1 - Rear panel covering


❑ Remove the screws -2-.
2 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
3 - Bushing
4 - Rear panel lower cover.
❑ Disengage the pressure
buttons and remove the
cover.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

5.5 Luggage compartment side lining - re‐


rrectness of i

move and install


l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required


nform
ercia

♦ Ejector lever -80-200-


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

122 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Pressure button
❑ Replace, as required
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
2 - Lateral lining of the trunk ksw
ag does
not
y Vol gu
❑ The part has a couple ofised b ara
nte
adhesive foam stripsufor tho
r eo
fastening to the rearss
a ra
c
wheel case.

ce
e
nl

pt
du
❑ Removal

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Fold the rear seat rest.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Remove the tail light

h re
fastening screw ⇒ Elec‐
hole

spec
trical system; Rep. gr.
es, in part or in w

94 ; Switches, lights and

t to the co
external lamps

– Remove luggage net

rrectness of i
⇒ page 16 .
l purpos

– Remove the pressure


buttons -1- using the

nform
ercia

Ejector lever -80-200- .


m

at
– Detach the covering
om

ion
from the rear wheel
c

in t
or

case.

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

Note
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
For the 4-door models, remove the t. C rig
gh ht
lower pillar C lining. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Installation
Prote AG.

The installation occurs in the


reversal sequence of removal.

5. Linings of the luggage compartment 123


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

6 Bonnet noise insulation

6.1 Bonnet noise insulation - remove and


install
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedge -T10039/1-

♦ Spade -VW 037- .


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Wedge -3409- t to the co


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

124 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Bonnet noise insulation


❑ Remove the clamps -2-
using a Wedge -
T10039/1- or Spatula -
VW 037- or Wedge
-3409- and remove
noise insulation.
2 - Clip
❑ Replace it if necessary.
3 - Bonnet

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Bonnet noise insulation 125


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

7 Roof linings (2 ports)

7.1 Pre-molded overhead lining - removal


and installation

7.1.1 Removal
– Remove the roof`s safety handle ⇒ page 20 .
– Remove lining from column A ⇒ page 104 .
– Unplug the doors' sills ⇒ page 21 .
– Fold the rear seat rest.
– Unplug the side linings ⇒ page 115 .
– Remove the seat belt guide, on the front section.
– Remove the B pillar linings ⇒ page 106 .
– Remove the C pillar linings ⇒ page 111 .
– Remove the parasols ⇒ page 18 .
– Remove vanity mirror lights ⇒ Electrical system ; Rep. gr. 96 ;
Switches, lights and internal lamps, alarm .
– Remove internal light ⇒ Electrical system ; Rep. gr. 96 ;
Switches, lights and internal lamps, alarm .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

126 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the roof's pre-molded lining -1- in the rear area, out of the
rear lid sealing -2-.
– Lower the pre-molded roof lining -1- evenly and remove to the
rear section of the vehicle (luggage compartment).

7.1.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

7. Roof linings (2 ports) 127


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

Note
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

♦ Before the assembly, check the spacers -3- for the right seating and, if necessary, fasten with proper glue.
♦ After installing, check if the roof's pre-molded lining -1- is completely fitted to the seating of the rear lid
rrectne

sealing-2-.
ss

7.2 Pre-molded roof lining (sunroof) - re‐


o
cial p

f in

moval and installation


form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

7.2.1 Removal
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

– Remove the roof`s safety handle ⇒ page 20 .


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
– Remove lining from column A ⇒ page 104 . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– Remove the cover -5- of the Sliding
au sunroof's activating motor ac
ss
-V1- and disconnect the connector of the ultra-sound sensor
ce
e
nl

for alarm system -G209- .


pt
du

an
itte

y li

– Remove Sliding sunroof motion control unit -J245- ⇒ General


erm

ab

body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 60 ; Sunroof .


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Remove fastening screws -6-.


h re
hole

spec

– Unplug the doors' sills ⇒ page 21 .


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Fold the rear seat rest.


– Unplug the side linings ⇒ page 115 .
rrectness of i

– Remove the seat belt guide, on the front section.


l purpos

– Remove the B pillar linings ⇒ page 106 .


– Remove the C pillar linings ⇒ page 111 .
nf
ercia

or

– Remove the parasols ⇒ page 18 .


m
m

atio
om

– Remove vanity mirror lights ⇒ Electrical system ; Rep. gr. 96 ;


n in
or c

Switches, lights and internal lamps, alarm .


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by

129
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Roof linings (2 ports)
Fox 2004 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
General body repairs, interior - Edition
Vo lksw04.2011 not
g y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
s au ac
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the roof's pre-molded lining -7- in the rear area, out of the
rear lid sealing -1-.
– Lower the pre-molded roof lining -7- evenly and remove to the
rear section of the vehicle (luggage compartment).

7.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

130 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io

Note
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

♦ Before the assembly, check the spacers -2- for the right seat‐
do
priv

ing and, if necessary, fasten with proper glue.


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
♦ After installing, check if the lining of the pre-molded roof -7- is
Co
op py
completely fitted to the seating of the hatch finishing -3'-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Screw on the fastening screw -6- with torque of (1.5 Nm). cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Roof linings (2 ports) 131


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Fox 2004 ➤ aut
h
ra
s c
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011 s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
8 Roof lining (4 ports)

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
8.1 Pre-molded overhead lining - general overview of assembly hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Internal lighting lamp
❑ Remove and install ⇒

rrectness of i
Electrical system; Rep.
l purpos

gr. 96 ; Switches, lights


and external lamps,
alarm

nform
ercia

2 - Screws
m

at
om

❑ 2 units

ion
c

in t
r

❑ 2 Nm
o

his
ate

do
riv

3 - Fastening support
p

cum
or

❑ Remove and install


f

en
ng

t.
yi
⇒ page 18 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
4 - Fastening support rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
❑ Remove and install
by
cted agen
Prote
⇒ page 18 .
AG.

5 - sun visor
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 18 .
6 - Spacer
7 - Roof lining
❑ remove and install
⇒ page 132
8 - Rear door packing
9 - Door packing

8.2 Pre-molded overhead lining - removal


and installation

8.2.1 Removal
– Remove the roof`s safety handle ⇒ page 20 .
– Remove lining from column A ⇒ page 104 .
– Remove the upper linings of column B ⇒ page 108 .

132 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the C pillar linings ⇒ page 114 .


– Remove the sun visors -5- ⇒ page 18 .
– Remove vanity mirror lights ⇒ Electrical system ; Rep. gr. 96 ;
Switches, lights and internal lamps, alarm .
– Remove internal lighting lamp -1- ⇒ Electrical equipment;
Rep. gr. 96 ; Switches, lights and internal lamps, alarm .
– Disengage the rear end of the roof lining -7-, removing it from
the rear lid packing -8-..
– Remove pre-molded roof lining 2 with care.

8.2.2 Installation olkswage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
ot g
byV ua
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence
ir se
d of removal, ob‐ ran
tee
serving the following instructions: utho
or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Note

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Before the assembly, check the spacers -6- for the right seat‐

ility
ot p

ing and, if necessary, fasten with proper glue.

wit
, is n

h re
♦ After installing, check if the roof's pre-molded lining -7- is com‐
hole

spec
pletely fitted to the seating of the rear lid sealing-8-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (2 Nm).

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

8. Roof lining (4 ports) 133


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

9 Noise insulation

9.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Thermal blower -V.A.G 1416-

9.2 Assembly overview

1 - Door
2 - Internal panel of the rear lid n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
3 - External panel of the rear lid d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
4 - Noise insulation utho
or
a ac
❑ Magnetized and thermal ss ce
le

flux
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Install using the Hot air


y li
rm

ab
blower -VAG 1416-
pe

ility
ot

5 - Noise insulation
wit
, is n

h re

❑ Magnetized and thermal


hole

spec

flux
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Install using the Hot air


blower -VAG 1416-
6 - Noise insulation
rrectness of i

❑ Magnetized and thermal


l purpos

flux
❑ Install using the Hot air
nform
ercia

blower -VAG 1416-


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

134 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Noise insulation
❑ Magnetized and thermal
flux
❑ Install using the Hot air
blower -VAG 1416-
2 - Floor of the luggage com‐
partment
3 - Noise insulation
❑ Magnetized and thermal
flux
❑ Install using the Hot air
blower -VAG 1416-
4 - Rear outer side panel

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 135


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
1 - Engine compartment's par‐ Vol
ksw not
gu
tition panel ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
2 - Noise insulation au
th ra
ss c
❑ Magnetized and thermal

ce
le
un
flux

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Install using the Hot air
rm

ab
blower -VAG 1416-
pe

ility
ot

wit
3 - Noise insulation
, is n

h re
hole

❑ 2 units (one in each end)

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Self-adherent

t to the co
4 - Direct noise insulation
❑ Magnetized and thermal

rrectness of i
flux
l purpos

❑ Install using the Hot air


blower -VAG 1416-

nform
ercia

5 - Left noise insulation


❑ Magnetized and thermal
m

a
com

t
flux

ion in
r

❑ Install using the Hot air


te o

thi
blower -VAG 1416-

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
6 - Noise insulation
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ Self-adherent
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

136 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Fastening clip
2 - Partition panel's upper
acoustic insulation
3 - Fastening nut
4 - Fastening clip
5 - Partition panel's acoustic in‐
sulation
6 - Fastening clip
7 - Partition panel
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 137


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 - Transversal support agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
2 - Noise insulation orise nte
th eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

138 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Roof
2 - Roof's rear acoustic insula‐
tor
❑ Self-adherent
3 - Roof's front acoustic insu‐
lator
❑ Self-adherent

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 139


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 - Roof agen oes
olksw not
V gu
❑ For vehicles with sun‐ d by ara
ise nte
roof (Europe only) ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
2 - Roof's rear acoustic insula‐ s

ce
e
tor

nl

pt
du

an
itte
❑ Self-adherent

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

140 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Floor lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 144
2 - Front floor's acoustic insu‐
lation
3 - Rear floor's acoustic insu‐
lation
4 - Rear acoustic insulator

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 141


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
1 - Tunnel's acoustic insulator ir se
d b ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

142 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Front lid acoustic insulator


❑ For different versions.
2 - Noise insulation
❑ For different versions.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 143


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Noise insulation AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
2 - Acoustic insulator d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.3 Floor lining - remove and install

9.3.1 Removal
– Remove front seats ⇒ page 146 .
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the side linings ⇒ page 115 .
– Remove the door sill's trim ⇒ page 21 .
– Remove the console ⇒ page 8 .
– Remove the fastening of the front safety belt from the floor.
– Remove drive cable lever in bonnet latch ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Covers
– Remove the accelerator pedal limiter.

144 Rep. gr.70 - Finishing/insulation


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Pull floor lining according to motion -arrows-.


– Remove the lining, disengaging it.

9.3.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Noise insulation 145


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

72 – Seat Structure
1 Front seats

1.1 Left front seat - remove and install


. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
Special tools and workshop equipment
Vol required
ksw not
gu
y
db ara
♦ Airbag adapter -VAS 5232/1-
or
ise nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nf
ercia

♦ During the removal and installation works, it is necessary to

orm
consider some differences, depending on the version of the
m

atio
m

respective equipment.
o

n in
or c

thi

♦ After connecting the battery, make sure that the vehicle equip‐
te

sd
a

ment (radio, clock, power window mechanisms) is checked


iv

o
r
rp

cu

according to the description on the repair and/or instruction


o

m
f

en
ng

manuals.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1.1.1 Removal
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Before disconnecting the ignition cable and earth strap, the


mechanic must perform an electrostatic discharge (by briefly
touching any grounded metallic part on the door lock or the
vehicle body).
♦ The seat is removed along with the rails.

– Disconnect battery earth strap⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.


27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .

146 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Push the seat ahead.


– Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.
– Push the seat back.
– Remove fastening screws -1- and -4-.

1. Front seats 147


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Disconnect the seat belt latch connector -2- from the connec‐
tor support -4-
– Disengage side airbag connector -1- from the connector sup‐
port -4-.
– If existing, disengage seat heating connector -3- from the con‐
nector support-4-
– Connect Airbag adapter -VAS 5232/1- in side airbag connec‐
tor -1-.

148 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
agen
General
AG. Volkswagen AG do body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
lksw es n
Vo ot g
by ua
1.1.2 Installation horis
ed ran
tee
ut or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The fastening pins -5- determinate the seat framework position.


♦ Before the installation, clean threads on screws -1,2, 3 and 4-, and apply new chemical threadlocker.

– Push the seat ahead.


– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (24 Nm).
– Push the seat back.
– Screw on the fastening screws -1- and -4-, in this sequence,
both with torque of (24 Nm).
– Push the seat ahead.
– Screw on the fastening screw -3- with torque of (24 Nm).

1. Front seats 149


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

If the Airbag control lamp (K75) indicates a failure after the as‐
sembly, it is necessary to erase and check the fault memory again
with the Diagnosis, Measurement and Information system -VAS
5051A/52- => Adapt the components

1.2 Right front seat - remove and install


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Airbag adapter -VAS 5232/1-

Note

♦ During the removal and installation works, it is necessary to


consider some differences, depending on the version of the
respective equipment. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
♦ After connecting the battery, make sure that the vehicle by V equip‐
o ot g
ua
ment (radio, clock, power window drive) is checked ir se according
d ran
tee
to the description on the repair and/or instruction manuals.
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le

1.2.1 Removal
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

– Disconnect battery earth strap⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.


ab
ility

27 ; Starter, alternator, battery .


ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

Note
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

♦ Before disconnecting the ignition cable and earth strap, the


mechanic must perform an electrostatic discharge (by briefly
touching any grounded metallic part on the door lock or the
rrectne

vehicle body).
s

♦ The seat is removed along with the rails.


s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

150 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io

– Push the seat ahead.


n
c

in t
or

– Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.


his
ate

do
priv

– Push the seat back.


um
for

en
ng

t.
– Remove fastening screws -1- and -4-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front seats 151


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

– Disengage side airbag connector -1- from the connector sup‐


com

tio

port -3-.
n in
r
te o

thi

– If existing, disconnect the seat heating connector -2- from the


s
iva

do

connector support
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Connect Airbag adapter -VAS 5232/1- in side airbag connec‐


n

t.
yi Co
tor -1-. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

152 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.2.2 Installation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note
t to the co

♦ The fastening pins -5- determinate the seat framework position.


rrectness of i

♦ Before the installation, clean threads on screws -1,2, 3 and 4-, and apply new chemical threadlocker.
l purpos

– Push the seat ahead.


nform

– Screw on the fastening screw -2- with torque of (24 Nm).


mercia

– Push the seat back.


at
om

ion
c

– Screw on the fastening screws -1- and -4-, in this sequence,


in t
or

both with torque of (24 Nm).


his
ate

do
priv

– Push the seat ahead.


um
for

en
ng

t.
– Screw on the fastening screw -3- with torque of (24 Nm).
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front seats 153


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

If the Airbag control lamp (K75) indicates a failure after the as‐
sembly, it is necessary to erase and check the fault memory again
with the Diagnosis, Measurement and Information system -VAS
5051A/52- => Adapt the components agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
1.3 Front seat cover - assembly overview ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e

1 - Backing adjustment mech‐


nl

pt
du

an
anism handle
itte

y li
erm

ab
2 - Cover of the front seat back‐

ility
ot p

ing adjustment mechanism

wit
, is n

(tunnel side)

h re
hole

spec
3 - Cover of the front seat back‐
es, in part or in w

ing adjustment mechanism

t to the co
(tunnel side)
4 - Height adjustment lever

rrectness of i
5 - Screw
l purpos

❑ 2 units
❑ 5.5 Nm

nf
ercia

or
6 - Cover cap

m
m

atio
m

7 - Front seat side cover


o

n in
or c

❑ For the driver's seat, in‐ thi


te

sd
a

stalled in the left side.


iv

o
r
rp

cu

❑ For the passenger's


o

m
f

en
ng

seat, installed in the


t.
yi Co
op
right side. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
8 - Screw cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ 3 units Prote AG.

❑ 2.5 Nm

154 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4 Front seat cover (with parallel height


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
regulation)
by Vol
ksw
- removal and installation
oes
not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
1.4.1 ss Removal

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

Note

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the

h re
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
ole,

spec
hicle is made in an analogue manner.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unplug the backing adjustment mechanism handle -1- pulling


it outwards.
– Unslot the covers -2- and -3-.
– Remove the cover caps -6-, together with the fastening screws
-5- and remove the height adjustment lever-4-.

1. Front seats 155


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the fastening screws -8- (3 units) and remove the


cover -7-.

1.4.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install the cover -7-, screw on the fastening screws -8- with
torque of (2.5 Nm).
– Install the height adjustment lever -4-, together with the fas‐
tening screws -5- with torque of (5.5 Nm) and its respective
cover caps -6-.
– Install the covers -2- and -3-.
– Install the front seat ⇒ page 146 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
1.5 Fire extinguisher support - removal and
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
installation

rrectne
Note

s
The support is assembled in the front right seat (passenger's seat)

s o
cial p

f inform
1.5.1 Removal
mer

atio
om

– Remove the fire extinguisher .

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Remove fastening screws -3-.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

– Remove the washers -2- and the support -1- of the seat frame‐ cum
r
fo

en
ng

work.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

156 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (3 Nm) torque.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
1.6 Front seat head rest - assembly overview or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
1 - Front seat head rest

an
d
itte

y li
❑ Remove and install
erm

ab
⇒ page 157 .

ility
ot p

wit
is n

2 - Head rest guide

h re
ole,

❑ Remove and install

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ page 165 .

t to the co
3 - Front seat backing
❑ Remove and install

rrectne
⇒ page 158 .

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.6.1 Front seat head rest - removal and in‐


stallation
Removal:

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.

1. Front seats 157


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Press the lock -arrow- according to detail, and remove the


head rest -1- pulling it upwards.
Installation:
– The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
1.6.2 Front seat headrest (Europe only) - re‐
ss au ra
c
moval and installation

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Removal:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
es, in part or in w

t to the co
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.

– Press the lock -2- according to detail -arrow-, and remove the rrectness of i
head rest -1- pulling it upwards.
l purpos

Installation:
nform
ercia

– The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
1.7 Front seat backing - removal and instal‐
cted agen
Prote AG.

lation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.

1.7.1 Removal
– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .
– Remove the front seat lining (with parallel height adjustment)
⇒ page 155 .

158 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Unplug the right and left locks -2- of the check pins with a
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

screwdriver.
t to the co

– Unlock the backing -1- and fold it forward.


– Unplug the backing -1- of check pins with a screwdriver and
rrectne

remove the seat assembly -4-.

1.7.2 Installation
ss o
cial p

f in

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


form
mer

serving the following instructions:


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front seats 159


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
Note
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Before assembling, it is necessary to check the locks -2- for damages and, if necessary, replace them.
AG.

♦ Before the assembly, the right and left bushings -3- (2 units) should be placed in the backing's respective
housings -1-.

1.8 Front seat backrest (Europe only) - re‐


move and install

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.

1.8.1 Removal
– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .

160 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the front seat lining (with parallel height adjustment)


⇒ page 155 .
– Remove fastening screws -2-.
– Unlock the backing -1- and fold it forward.
– Unplug the backing -1- of check pins with a screwdriver and
remove the seat assembly -3-.

1.8.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -2- to (24 Nm) torque.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

1.9 Parallel height adjustment - removal and


installation
rrectne

1.9.1 Removal
ss o
cial p

f i

– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .


nform
mer

– Remove the front seat lining ⇒ page 155 .


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front seats 161


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the fastening screws -arrows-.


– Unplug the parallel height adjustment -1- with a screwdriver.

1.9.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (10 Nm) torque.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1.10 Cable for unlocking the backing - assembly overview
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

162 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Fastening lever
2 - Left cable
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 163
3 - Right cable
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
❑ Remove and install olkswage es n
ot g
⇒ page 163 d byV ua
r e an
ris tee
4 - Cable guide utho or
a ac
ss
5 - Left drawspring

ce
le
un

pt
an
6 - Right drawspring
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.11 Cable for unlocking the backing - remov‐


al and installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the front left seat.
The removal and installation for the front right seat is made in an
analogue manner.

1.11.1 Removal
– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .
– Remove the front seat lining ⇒ page 155 .
– Remove the front backing ⇒ page 158 .
– Remove the front seat's lining and stuffing ⇒ page 193 .

1. Front seats 163


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Unplug the left drawspring -5-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Unplug the right drawspring -6-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unplug the cables -2- and -3-in the lower part of the backing
and remove them from the backing framework.
– Remove the guide of cables -4- with a 90° turning clockwise.
– Unplug the cables -2- and -3- of the fastening lever -1- and pull
them out of the backing framework.

1.11.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

164 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.12 Front seat head rest guide - removal and


installation

1.12.1 Removal

Note

♦ The removal and installation is described for the front left seat.
The removal and installation for the front right seat is made in
an analogue manner.
♦ There are two different guides of head rests, one with the un‐
locking button -1- or -2- and the other without the button -3-.
♦ There are two types of guides with unlocking button: Turned
to the front of the vehicle -2- and, for the European market,
turned to the left door -1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Head rest guide (bushing) with unlocking button -1- or -2-


– In the opposite side to the unlocking button, press the stuffing
down and unlock the lock -arrow A- with a screwdriver.

1. Front seats 165


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Head rest guide (bushing) without unlocking button -3-


– In the front of the guide without unlocking button, press the
stuffing down and unlock the lock -arrow A- with a screwdriver.
– Remove the head rest guides pulling them upwards.

1.12.2 Installation
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The installation occurs in the reversal
ksw
ag sequence of removal,
does
not ob‐
Vol
serving the following instructions:
ed by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
Note ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

♦ Before assembling, it is necessary to check the head rests


itte

y li
erm

guides (bushings) for damages and, if necessary, replace

ab
ility
them.
ot p

wit
is n

♦ For the European market, in the head rest shafts, in the guide

h re
ole,

locking area, a thin layer of Vaseline should be applied.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1.13 Object holder under the driver's seat - removal and installation

rrectne
1 - Sliding rail
❑ Welded to the seat's

ss o
framework
cial p

f inform
2 - Locks
mer

atio
m

3 - Objects holder
o

n
c

i
or

Removal
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

– Remove the front seat


um
r
fo

⇒ page 146 .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Pull the object holder
t. rig
gh ht
yri
completely ahead p by
co Vo
lksw
-arrow A-.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press the locks -2- and


pull the object holder up‐
wards -arrow B-.

Installation

– Place the object holder


in the sliding rail and pull
it below the seat.

Note

Lubricate the object holder and the


sliding rail with Lubricant spray -G
052 778 A2-

– Install the front seat


⇒ page 146 .

4 - Objects holder lining

166 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2 Rear seats

2.1 Back seat - remove and install

2.1.1 Removal

Note

The picture represents the seat with longitudinal adjustment. The


removal of seat without longitudinal adjustment is made in an an‐
alogue manner.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the fastening nuts -3- (4 units) and fold the hinges
-2- (2 units) upwards.

2. Rear seats 167


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Caution

For models exported to Europe, there is a spring in each hinge


-2- that reduces the effort in folding the seat and backrest to‐
gether. Be careful when removing the nuts -3-.

– Fold the seat assembly -1- forwards and, with help from a
second operator, raise and remove it through the back of the
vehicle.

2.1.2 Installation

Note

To install the seat in vehicles exported to Europe, position seat in


the folded condition due to the spring pressure on the seat hinge.

– Position the seat assembly in the folded condition and install


the nuts -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o
The installation of nuts -1- should be made with the seat aassembly
ut
h eo
ra
folded due to the pressure that the spring exerts unders the hinge.
s c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Return the seat assembly to the use position and fasten the
itte

y li
nuts -1- with torque of (24 Nm).
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
2.2 Rear seat (one-piece, without longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

168 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Rear seat backing (one-


piece, without longitudinal ad‐
justment)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 169 .
2 - Drawing handle
3 - Double locking
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 50 .
4 - Rear seat lock assembly
without longitudinal adjust‐
ment (left side)
5 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm
6 - Seat framework
7 - Screw
❑ 1 unit.
❑ 40 Nm
8 - Rear seat lock assembly
without longitudinal adjust‐
ment (right side)
9 - Abdominal safety belt with AG. Volkswagen AG d
simple fastening agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
❑ Remove and install rised b ara
nte
⇒ page 50 . ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

2.3 Backing (one-piece, without longitudinal

t to the co
adjustment) - removal and installation

rrectne
2.3.1 Removal ss

– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .


o
cial p

f inform

– Remove the seat's backing lining and stuffing ⇒ page 205 .


mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

Note
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ The lining do not need to be separated from the stuffing.


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
t.
yi Co
op
rear seat backing. The removal and installation for the right
C py
ht. rig
side of the rear seat backing is made in an analogue manner.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear seats 169


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the fastening screws -3-, together with the bushings


-2- of the rear seat backing -1-.
nform
ercia

– Remove the rear seat backing -1- from the backseat -4-.
m

2.3.2 Installation
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


s
iva

do

serving the following instructions:


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Before the assembly, clean the screw threads -3- and the re‐
c by lksw
cted agen
spective bushings and apply chemical lock.
Prote AG.

170 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (24 Nm) torque.

2.4 Rear seat (one-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview

1 - Rear seat backing (one-


piece, with longitudinal adjust‐
ment)
❑ Remove and install AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
⇒ page 172 . olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
Note ut
hor eo
a ra
ss c
The seat and backing frameworks

ce
le
un

pt
are not sold separately

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
2 - Drawing handle
ility
ot p

wit
is n

3 - Abdominal safety belt with


simple fastening h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Remove and install t to the co


⇒ page 50 .
4 - Double locking
rrectne

❑ Remove and install


⇒ page 50 .
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear seats 171


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.5 Backing (one-piece, with longitudinal


adjustment) - removal and installation

2.5.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the seat's backing lining and stuffing ⇒ page 205 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
d
The lining do not need to be separated from the stuffing. ho rise nte
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove fastening screws -2- and -4-.


– Remove the fastening screws -3-, and remove the backing
framework -1- of the seat -5-.

2.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

172 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note
h re
hole

spec

Before the assembly, clean the screw threads and the respective nuts and apply new chemical lock.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Screw on the fastening screws -2-, -2- and -4- with torque of
(25 Nm).
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear seats 173


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.6 Folding protection assembly on rear seat (one-piece, with longitudinal ad‐
justment) - assembly overview

1 - Unlocking handle
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 174 .
2 - Metal protection cover
❑ 2 units
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 174 .
3 - Plastic protection cover
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 174 .
4 - Rear seat cushion structure
hook
5 - Rear seat bottom structure

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
The seatisand
ed b backing frameworks ara
nte
are notthosold separately
r eo
au ra
ss c
6 - Metal lock of the loop;
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

❑ Remove and install


itte

y li

⇒ page 174 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io

2.7 Folding protection assembly on rear


n
c

in t
or

his
e

seat (one-piece, with longitudinal adjust‐


at

do
riv

ment) - remove and install


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
2.7.1 Removal
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

DANGER!

♦ The folding must be done with access by the side door


and, whenever as possible, by the right side.
♦ Locate the red elastic strap, housed under the seat, and
fit the hook of this strap in the passenger seat's headrest
bar, immobilizing the assembly.

– Fold the rear seat backrest.

174 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -3- on the metal protection cover


-2-.
– Remover metal protection covers -2- from the rear seat cush‐
ion structure -1-.
– Remove fastening screws-3- from metal lock -2- located on
rear seat cushion structure -4-, as per detail -A-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove metal lock -2-, by removing it from unlock loop -1-, as

rrectne
per detail -B-.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove unlock loop -2- from the rear seat cushion structure
hook -1-.

2. Rear seats 175


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -3- on the plastic protection cover


-2-.
– Remover plastic protection cover -2- from the rear seat cush‐
ion structure -1-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
2.7.2 Installation
l purpos

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


serving the following instructions:

nform
ercia

– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (1.5 Nm) torque.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

176 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Install unlock loop -2- on the rear seat cushion structure hook
-1-.

Note

The small part of the unlock loop shall be placed towards the lug‐
gage compartment.

– Position metal lock -2- in the housing indicated for the unlock
loop -1-, as per detail -B-.

– Install metal lock -2- on the rear seat cushion structure -4-, as
per detail -A-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
– Tighten fastening screws -3- to (2.5 Nm) torque. yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.8 Rear seat (two-piece, with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly overview


nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear seats 177


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, winterior
agen - Edition 04.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
1 - Abdominal safety belt
ris with
ed
nte
simple fastening autho eo
ra
ss install c
❑ Remove and

ce
e
⇒ page 54 .
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
2 - Unlocking handle
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3 - Double locking

wit
, is n

❑ Remove and install

h re
hole

⇒ page 54 .

spec
es, in part or in w

4 - Two-piece rear seat back‐

t to the co
ing framework

Note

rrectness of i
l purpos

The seat and backing frameworks


are not sold separately

nform
ercia

5 - Lever for unlocking/folding


m

at
the backing
om

ion
c

in t
6 - Seat rail
or

his
ate

❑ Remove and install

do
priv

⇒ page 182 .

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.9 Backing (two-piece) - removal and in‐


stallation

2.9.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the seat's backing lining and stuffing ⇒ page 208 .

Note

♦ The lining do not need to be separated from the stuffing.


♦ The bushing -5- is part of the seat structure -7-.

178 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.


Remove the fastening screws -4-, and remove the backing frame‐
work -1- from the structure of the seat -7- and lining -6-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

2.9.2 Installation

h re
hole

spec
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
es, in part or in w

serving the following instructions:

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
l purpos

Before the assembly, clean the screw threads and apply new
chemical lock.

nf
ercia

or
– Screw on the fastening screws -2-, -2- and -4- with torque of

m
m

atio
(25 Nm).
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.10 Rear seat (split, with longitudinal adjustment - Europe only) - assembly
overview

2. Rear seats 179


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Unlocking handle
2 - Single latch (right side)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 55 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
3 - Single latch (left side) yV
olks ot g
ua
d b
❑ Remove and install o
ir se
ran
tee
⇒ page 55 . auth or
ac
ss
4 - Unlocking lever for seat as‐

ce
e
nl

pt
sembly
du

an
itte

y li
5 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
erm

ab
ility
ing framework
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The seat and backing frameworks

t to the co
are not sold separately

6 - Lever for unlocking/folding

rrectness of i
the backing
l purpos

7 - Seat rail
❑ Remove and install

nf
ercia

o
⇒ page 182 .

rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

180 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.11 Backrest (split - Europe only) - assembly overview

1 - Split rear seat backrest


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 181 .
2 - Screw
❑ 2 units. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 25 Nm. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
3 - Screw orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ 2 units. ss a ra
c
❑ 25 Nm.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
4 - Screw

y li
erm

ab
❑ 2 units.

ility
ot p

wit
❑ 25 Nm.
is n

h re
ole,

5 - Bushing

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ It is an integral part of

t to the co
the seat structure.
6 - Seat

rrectne
7 - Seat framework

s
8 - Cup holder

s o
cial p

f
❑ Remove and install

inform
⇒ page 9 .
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.12 Backrest (split - Europe only)- remove


and install

2.12.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the seat's backing lining and stuffing ⇒ page 210 .

Note

♦ The lining do not need to be separated from the stuffing.


♦ The bushing -5- is part of the seat structure -7-.

2. Rear seats 181


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove fastening screws -2- and -3-.


– Remove the fastening screws -4-, and remove the backing
framework -1- of the seat -6-.

2.12.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

Before the assembly, clean the screw threads and apply new
chemical lock.

– Screw on the fastening screws -2-, -2- and -4- with torque of
(25 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt

2.13 Seat rail - removal and installation


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

2.13.1 Removal
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the seat's lining and stuffing ⇒ page 199 .


rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

The lining do not need to be separated from the stuffing.


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

182
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure
agen
Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– Remove the nuts -1- (10 units).


– Remove the rail -4- from the seat`s structure-2-.
ss o
cial p

– Remove the abdominal safety belt with simple fastening -6-


f in

and the double fastenings -3- from its respective studs -5-,
form
mer

located in the seat rail's structure -4-.


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear seats 183


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.13.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Tighten fastening nuts -1- with (30 Nm) torque.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
2.14 Seat backing stop (without longitudinal
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
adjustment) - assembly overview ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The removal and installation is described for the right side of the

wit
rear seat. The removal and installation for the left side of the rear
is n

h re
seat is made in an analogue manner.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

184 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Riveted nut
❑ Install it using the tool
POP NUT rivet nut ap‐
plier -EQ 7422-
2 - Screw AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
❑ 3 units d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 7 Nm uthor eo
a ra
s c
3 - Rear seat backing without s

ce
e
longitudinal adjustment

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
4 - Stop (threaded pin)

erm

ab
ility
❑ 12 Nm
ot p

wit
, is n
5 - Bushing

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.15 Seat backing stop (without longitudinal


adjustment) - removal and installation

2.15.1 Removal

Note

It is not necessary to remove the lining of column „C“ to access


the rear seat's backing.

– Fold the seat backing.

2. Rear seats 185


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

– Remove the stop (threaded pin) -4- along with the bushing
-5-.

2.15.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the
agereversal
n AG. Volkssequence
wagen AG of removal, ob‐
does
olksw
serving the followingyinstructions: not
V gu
b ara
ed
– Remove the
tho
stop
ris (threaded pin) -4- with torque of (12 Nm)..
nte
e or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.16 Back seat head rest - assembly over‐


m

view
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

Note
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
The removal and installation is described for the right side of the
Co
Cop py
rear seat. The removal and installation for the left side of the rear
t. rig
gh ht
yri
seat is made in an analogue manner. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

186 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
o ot g
byV ua
d
1 - Head rest orise ran
tee
th or
❑ Remove au and install ac
ss
⇒ page 187 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

2 - Head rest guide (bushing)

an
itte

y li
erm

❑ Remove and install

ab
ility
⇒ page 188 .
ot p

wit
, is n

3 - Front seat backing

h re
hole

spec
❑ Remove and install
es, in part or in w

⇒ page 158 .

t to the co
4 - Rear seat rest unlocking
button

rrectness of i
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 189 .
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
2.17 Rear seat head rest - removal and in‐
cted agen
Prote AG.

stallation

2.17.1 Removal
– Press the lock -2- according to detail -arrow-, and remove the
head rest -1- pulling it upwards.

2.17.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

2. Rear seats 187


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.18 Rear seat head rest guide - removal and


installation

2.18.1 Removal

Note

The removal and installation is described for the rear seat of the
right side. The removal and installation for the rear seat of the left
side is made in an analogue manner.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
1 - Head rest guide
thoris (bushing) tee
with unlockingau button or
ac
ss
❑ In the side where there

ce
e
nl

pt
is the unlocking button,
du

an
itte

press the stuffing down

y li
erm

ab
and unlock the lock

ility
ot p

-arrow A- with a screw‐

wit
, is n

driver.

h re
hole

❑ Remove the head rest


spec
guide (bushing) -1-pull‐
es, in part or in w

ing it upwards. t to the co


2 - Head rest guide (bushing)
without unlocking button
rrectness of i

❑ To remove it, press the


l purpos

front part of stuffing


downwards and unlock
the lock -arrow B- with a
nform
ercia

screwdriver .
m

at

❑ Remove the head rest


om

io

guide (bushing) -2-pull‐


n
c

in t
or

ing it upwards.
his
ate

do
riv

3-
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.18.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

188 Rep. gr.72 - Seat Structure


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Note by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Before assembling, it is necessary to check theauhead
th
rests guides ra
for damages and, if necessary, replace them. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
2.19 Rear seat rest unlocking button - remov‐

itte

y li
rm

ab
al and installation

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
2.19.1 Removal es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Fold the seat backing.
– Remove the unlocking button base -1- of the fastening hook

rrectness of i
according to detail -arrow- and remove it pulling upwards, un‐
plugging the rear seat backing assembly -2-.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Finish of the rear seat rest unlocking button: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the finishing with the aid of a Spatula -VW 037- or p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Wedge -3409- , by pulling it upwards. Prote
cted AG.
agen

2.19.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

2. Rear seats 189


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

74 – Seat lining and upholstery


1 Linings, stuffing of front seats

1.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Upholstery clip pliers -VAG 1634-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
1.2 Front seat backing lining and stuffing -
hole

spec
removal and installation
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ During the removal and installation works, it is necessary to
l purpos

consider some differences, depending on the version of the


respective equipment.
nf
ercia

♦ The removal and installation is described for the front left seat.
rm
m

atio

The removal and installation for the front right seat is made in
om

an analogue manner.
n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

1.2.1 Removal
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Remove the front seat lining (with height adjustment)
t
gh ht
yri by
⇒ page 155 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the front seat backing ⇒ page 158 .
AG.

190 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Disengage fastening profiles -3- from the seat framework -4-. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Move the lining -1- upwards and in the the whole edging.
– Remove the clamps -2-.
– Remove the lining -1- with stuffing -5- from the seat framework
-4-.

1. Linings, stuffing of front seats 191


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.2.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note

♦ The clamps -2- are damaged in the removal. They must al‐
ways be replaced by clips -N 015 261.1- .
♦ Assemble the clamps -2- using the pliers for tapestry clamp -
VAG 1634- .

AG. Volkswagen A
1.3 Lining and stuffing of the front backing
Vol
ksw
agen - assemblyGoverview
does
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
1 - Front seat back lining au ra
c
ss
❑ Remove and install

ce
e
nl

pt
⇒ page 193
du

an
itte

y li
2 - Stuffing wire
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3 - Stuffing clamp

wit
, is n

h re
4 - Clip
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

5 - Lid

t to the co
6 - Activation lever
7 - Fitting ruler

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

192 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1.4 Front seat backing lining and stuffing -


removal and installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
ho eo
The removal and installation
s aut
is described for the front left seat ra
c
backing. The removals and installation for the front right seat back‐

ce
e

ing is made in an analogue manner.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.4.1 Removal

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Remove the front seat ⇒ page 146 .

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the front seat covers ⇒ page 155 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the front seat backing ⇒ page 158 .
– Remove the head rest guide bushings ⇒ page 165 .

rrectness of i
– Remove the activating lever -3- of backing unlocking.
l purpos

– Remove the lid -2-.

nf
ercia

o
Note

rm
m

atio
om

n in
In assembly, replace the activation lever -3- and the respective
or c

thi
clamp -1- when they are damaged.
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Unplug the fitting ruler -2- in the lower part of the front seat Prote
cted AG.
agen
backing.
– Unplug the stuffing wires -1-.

1. Linings, stuffing of front seats 193


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Move the lining -1- to access the clamps -6- and behind the
wit

stretching wires -3-.


is n

h re
ole,

– Remove the clamps -6-.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Unplug the stretching wires -3- (2 units) and the left and right
t to the co

fastening belt -4-.


– Remove the lining -1- with stuffing -5- of the front seat backing
rrectne

framework -2-.
– Remove the stuffing -5- of the front seat backing framework
ss

-2-.
o
cial p

f inform

1.4.2 Installation
mer

atio
m

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


o

n
c

i
or

serving the following instructions:


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

194 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ The clamps -6- are damaged in the removal. They must al‐
ways be replaced by clips -N 015 261.1- .
♦ Assemble the clamps -6- using the pliers for tapestry clamp -
VAG 1634- .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Linings, stuffing of front seats 195


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2 Front seat heating

2.1 Driver / passenger seat cushion heating


-Z6 / Z8- - remove and install

2.1.1 Removal
– Remove the seat ⇒ page 146
– Remove the backrest ⇒ page 158
– Remove the seat cushion lining ⇒ page 190 .
– Disengage seat cushion heating connector from the connector
support under the seat.
– Remove the Driver / passenger seat cushion heating -Z6 / Z8-
-1- from the filling -2-.
– Disconnect the harness through the seat filling opening.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
2.1.2 Installation tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

2.2 Driver / passenger seat backrest heat‐


y li
erm

ing -Z7 / Z9- - remove and install ab


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

2.2.1 Removal
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the seat ⇒ page 146


– Remove the backrest ⇒ page 158
rrectness of i

– Remove the seat backrest lining ⇒ page 192 .


l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

196 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Disconnect the harness -1- through the opening -2- at the


o

m
f

en
ng

central section of the filling -3- and remove the Driver / pas‐
t.
yi Co
op
senger seat backrest heating -Z7 / Z9- -4-.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
2.2.2 Installation
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.

2.3 Lining and stuffing of the front seat head


rest - removal and installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the front left seat
head rest. The removal and installation for the front right seat
head rest is made in an analogue manner.

2. Front seat heating 197


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

2.3.1 Removal
– Remove the front seat's head rest ⇒ page 186 .
– Unplug the fitting ruler -1- in the lower part of the front seat
head rest.
– Remove the lining -2- with stuffing -3- of the front seat head
rest framework.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2.3.2 Installation
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
– The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal.
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

198 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3 Linings and stuffing of front seats

3.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Upholstery clip pliers -VAG 1634-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

3.2 Lining and stuffing of back seat (without longitudinal adjustment) - assembly

an
itte

y li
overview
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
1 - Rear seat bottom lining
hole

❑ Remove and install spec


es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ page 200 .
2 - Rear seat bottom stuffing
rrectness of i

❑ Remove and install


⇒ page 200 .
l purpos

3 - Rear seat framework (with‐


out longitudinal adjustment)
nf
ercia

or

4 - Lining fitting ruler


m
m

atio
m

5 - Back seat lining cable


o

n in
or c

thi
e

6 - Back seat lining cable fas‐


t

sd
iva

tening clamp
o
r
rp

cu
o

❑ -N 015 261.1- .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
7 - Stuffing wire C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
8 - Stuffing clamp cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ -N 015 261.1- . Prote AG.

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 199


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.3 Lining and stuffing of back seat (without


longitudinal adjustment) - removal and
installation

3.3.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Unplug the fitting ruler -4- of the lining-1- in the lower part of
rrectness of i

the seat.
l purpos

– Untie the cables -5- in the framework's left and right side, as
well as removing the clamps -6- of lining fastening-1-.
nform
ercia

– Pull the lining away -3- to gain access to the clamps -1-
m

a
com

ti

– Remove the clamps -8- and remove the lining -1- from the
on in

stuffing -2-.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Remove the stuffing -2- from the seat's structure-3-.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
200
AG.
Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.3.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions: wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Note utho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ The clamps -6- and -8- are damaged in the removal. They

ce
e
nl

pt
du
should always be replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1- .

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Assemble the clamps -6- and -8- using the pliers for tapestry

ility
ot p
clamp -VAG 1634- .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

3.4 Lining and stuffing of back seat (with longitudinal adjustment) - assembly

ion
c

in t
r

overview
o

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 201


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Rear seat bottom lining


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 203 .
2 - Rear seat bottom stuffing
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 203 .
3 - Rear seat framework with
longitudinal adjustment
4 - Lining fitting ruler
5 - Back seat lining cable
6 - Back seat lining cable fas‐
tening clamp
❑ -N 015 261.1- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
7 - Stuffing wire olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
8 - Stuffing clamp ho ris nte
eo
ut ra
❑ -N 015 261.1-
ss a . c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

202 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.5 Lining and stuffing of back seat (with


longitudinal adjustment) - removal and
installation

3.5.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the loop's metallic lock ⇒ page 174
– Unplug the fitting ruler of the lining-4- in the lower part of the
seat.
– Untie the cables -5- in the framework's left and right side, as
well as removing the clamps -6- of lining fastening-1-.
– Pull the lining away -3- to gain access to the clamps -1-
– Remove the clamps -8- and remove the lining -1- from the
stuffing -2-.
– Remove the stuffing -2- from the seat's structure-3-.

3.5.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:

Note
n AG. Volkswagen A
♦ The clamps -6- and o-8-
lksware damaged in the removal.
age G do
es n
o
They
should always be
d b replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1-
yV t gu
ara.
e nte
ris
♦ Assemble uthe
tho clamps -6- and -8- using the pliers for tapestry
eo
ra
a
clamp -VAG
ss 1634- . c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

3.6 Rear seat cushion lining and filling (with longitudinal adjustment and cup
ss o

holder - Europe only) - assembly overview


cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
203
agen
Prote AG.
3. Linings and stuffing of front seats
Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Rear seat bottom lining


❑ Remove and install agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ page 204 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
2 - Rear seat bottom stuffing horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Remove and install ss a c
⇒ page 204

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
3 - Rear seat framework with

itte

y li
longitudinal adjustment

erm

ab
ility
ot p
4 - Lining fitting ruler

wit
is n

h re
5 - Back seat lining cable ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

6 - Back seat lining cable fas‐

t to the co
tening clamp
❑ -N 015 261.1- .

rrectne
7 - Cup holder
❑ Remove and install

ss
⇒ page 9

o
cial p

f in
8 - Stuffing wire

form
mer

9 - Stuffing clamp

atio
om

n
❑ -N 015 261.1- .
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.7 Rear seat cushion lining and filling (with


longitudinal adjustment and cup holder -
Europe only) - remove and install

3.7.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .

204 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011
lks wage es n
o ot g
byV uara
– Remove ed
ris cup holder ⇒ page 9 . nte
tho eo
u ra
– sUnplug
sa the fitting ruler of the lining-4- in the lower part c of the
seat.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Untie the cables -5- in the framework's left and right side, as
itte

y li
well as removing the clamps -6- of lining fastening-1-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Pull the lining away -1- to gain access to the clamps -9-

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the clamps -9- and remove the lining -1- from the
hole

spec
stuffing -2-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the stuffing -2- from the seat's structure-3-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
3.7.2 Installation
c

in t
or

his
ate

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐


do
priv

c
serving the following instructions:
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ The clamps -6- and -9- are damaged in the removal. They
Prote AG.
should always be replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1- .
♦ Assemble the clamps -6- and -9- using the pliers for tapestry
clamp -VAG 1634- .

3.8 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (one-piece) backing - assembly over‐
view

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 205


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

1 - Back seat head rest


❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 186 .
2 - Head rest guide (bushing)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 188 .
3 - Rear seat back lining
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 206 .
4 - Stuffing wire
5 - Stuffing clamp
❑ -N 015 261.1-
6 - Rear seat back stuffing
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 206 .
7 - Fastening clip of the safety
belt
8 - Back seat backing lining ca‐
ble fastening profiles
9 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 24 Nm.
10 - One-piece rear seat back‐
ing framework
11 - Screw agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ 4 units. d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 2.5 Nm. thor eo
au ra
c
12 - Cap ss
ce
e
nl

❑ Remove and install


pt
du

an
itte

⇒ page 189 .
y li
erm

ab

13 - Rear seat rest unlocking button


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 189 .


h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

3.9 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (one-


piece) backing - removal and installation
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.9.1 Removal
nform
ercia

– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .


m

– Remove the back seat head rests ⇒ page 186 .


at
om

ion
c

– Remove the back seat head rests guides ⇒ page 188 .


in t
or

his
ate

– Remove the fastening screws -11- and remove the fastening


do
priv

clip from the safety belt -7-.


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

206 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Remove the unlocking button and the back seat finish


m

a
com

⇒ page 189 .
tion in
r
te o

– Unplug the lining fastening profiles -8- in the whole border in


thi
s
iva

the rear side of the backing.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Pull the lining away -3- to gain access to the clamps -5-
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the clamps -5- and remove the lining -3- of the back‐
C py
t. rig
ing stuffing -6-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the backing stuffing -6- from the backing struc‐
Prote
cted AG.
agen
ture-10-.

3.9.2 Installation
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
serving the following instructions:
– Install the safety belt's fastening clip -7- and fasten the fas‐
tening screws -11- with torque of (2.5 Nm).

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 207


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ The clamps -5- are damaged in the removal. They should al‐
ways be replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1- .
♦ Assemble the clamps -5- using the pliers for tapestry clamp -
VAG 1634- .

3.10 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (two-piece) backing - assembly overview

1 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


ing framework (right side)
2 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
ing framework (left side)
3 - Screw agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ 4 units. d byV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 2.5 Nm. hor eo
aut ra
s c
4 - Fastening clip of the safety s

ce
e

belt
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
5 - Back seat backing lining ca‐
erm

ab
ble fastening profiles

ility
ot p

wit
6 - Back seat
, is n

h re
hole

7 - Stuffing wire

spec
es, in part or in w

8 - Stuffing clamp

t to the co
❑ -N 015 261.1-
9 - Two-piece rear seat back‐ rrectness of i
ing stuffing (left side)
l purpos

❑ Remove and install


⇒ page 209 .
nform
ercia

10 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


m

ing lining (left side)


at
om

ion

❑ Remove and install


c

in t
or

⇒ page 209 .
his
ate

do
riv

11 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


p

cum
or

ing stuffing (right side)


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Remove and install Cop py
⇒ page 209 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
12 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ing lining (right side)
AG.

❑ Remove and install


⇒ page 209 .
13 - Head rest guide (bushing)
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 188 .

208 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

14 - Back seat head rest (right side)


❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 186 .

3.11 Lining and stuffing of the back seat (two-


piece) backing - removal and installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
3.11.1 Removal
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
– Remove
s a the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
u ra
c
s

ce
– Remove the back seat head rests ⇒ page 186 .
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Remove the back seat head rests guides ⇒ page 188 .

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Remove the fastening screws -3- and remove the fastening
ot

wit
clip from the safety belt -4-.
, is n

h re
hole

– Unplug the lining fastening profiles -5- in the whole border in


spec
the rear side of the backing.
es, in part or in w

– Pull the lining away -3- to gain access to the clamps -10-. t to the co

– Remove the clamps -8- and remove the lining -10- of the back‐
rrectness of i

ing stuffing -9-.


l purpos

– Remove the backing stuffing -9- from the backing struc‐


ture-2-.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
3.11.2 Installation
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐
Prote AG.
serving the following instructions:
– Install the safety belt's fastening clip -4- and fasten the fas‐
tening screws -3- with torque of (2.5 Nm).

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 209


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

Note

♦ The clamps -8- are damaged in the removal. They should al‐
ways be replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1- .
♦ Assemble the clamps -8- using the pliers for tapestry clamp -
VAG 1634- .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
3.12 Rear seat backrest lining and filling (split - Europe only) - assembly overview
ss
a ac

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
1 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
erm

ab
ing framework (right side)
ility
ot p

wit
is n

2 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


ing framework (left side) h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

3 - Back seat backing lining ca‐


t to the co

ble fastening profiles


4 - Rear seat cushion with cup
holder
rrectne

5 - Stuffing wire
ss o

6 - Stuffing clamp
cial p

f in

❑ -N 015 261.1-
form
mer

atio

7 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


om

ing stuffing (left side)


c

i
or

n thi
e

❑ Remove and install


t

sd
va

⇒ page 211 .
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

8 - Two-piece rear seat back‐


en
ng

t.
yi Co
ing lining (left side) t. Cop py
rig
❑ Remove and install
gh ht
pyri by
⇒ page 211 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
ing stuffing (right side)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 211 .
10 - Two-piece rear seat back‐
ing lining (right side)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 211 .
11 - Head rest guide (bushing)
❑ Remove and install
⇒ page 188 .
12 - Back seat head rest (right
side)
❑ Remove and install ⇒ page 186 .

210 Rep. gr.74 - Seat lining and upholstery


Fox 2004 ➤
General body repairs, interior - Edition 04.2011

3.13 Rear seat backrest lining and filling (split


- Europe only) - removal and installation

Note

The removal and installation is described for the left side of the
vehicle. The removal and installation for the right side of the ve‐
hicle is made in an analogue manner.

3.13.1 Removal
– Remove the back seat ⇒ page 167 .
– Remove the back seat head rests ⇒ page 186 .
– Remove the back seat head rests guides ⇒ page 188 .
– Unplug the lining fastening profiles -3- in the whole border in
the rear side of the backing.
– Pull the lining away -8- to gain access to the clamps -6-
– Remove the clamps -6- and remove the lining -8- from the
backing stuffing -7-.
– Remove the backing stuffing -7- from the backing struc‐
ture-2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
3.13.2 Installation

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

The installation occurs in the reversal sequence of removal, ob‐

h re
serving the following instructions:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

♦ The clamps -6- are damaged in the removal. They should al‐ rrectness of i
ways be replaced with clamps -N 015 261.1- .
l purpos

♦ Assemble the clamps -6- using the pliers for tapestry clamp -
VAG 1634- .
nform
mercia

04.11
at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Linings and stuffing of front seats 211

You might also like